linux/include/net/cfg80211.h
<<
>>
Prefs
   1/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
   2#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
   3#define __NET_CFG80211_H
   4/*
   5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
   6 *
   7 * Copyright 2006-2010  Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
   8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
   9 * Copyright 2015-2017  Intel Deutschland GmbH
  10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation
  11 */
  12
  13#include <linux/ethtool.h>
  14#include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h>
  15#include <linux/netdevice.h>
  16#include <linux/debugfs.h>
  17#include <linux/list.h>
  18#include <linux/bug.h>
  19#include <linux/netlink.h>
  20#include <linux/skbuff.h>
  21#include <linux/nl80211.h>
  22#include <linux/if_ether.h>
  23#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
  24#include <linux/net.h>
  25#include <linux/rfkill.h>
  26#include <net/regulatory.h>
  27
  28/**
  29 * DOC: Introduction
  30 *
  31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
  32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
  33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
  34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
  35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
  36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
  37 *
  38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
  39 * use restrictions.
  40 */
  41
  42
  43/**
  44 * DOC: Device registration
  45 *
  46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
  47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
  48 * described below.
  49 *
  50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
  51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
  52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
  53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
  54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
  55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
  56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
  57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
  58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
  59 *
  60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
  61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
  62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
  63 */
  64
  65struct wiphy;
  66
  67/*
  68 * wireless hardware capability structures
  69 */
  70
  71/**
  72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
  73 *
  74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
  75 *
  76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
  77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
  78 *      sending probe requests or beaconing.
  79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
  80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
  81 *      is not permitted.
  82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
  83 *      is not permitted.
  84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
  85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
  86 *      this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
  87 *      channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
  88 *      This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
  89 *      restrictions.
  90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
  91 *      this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
  92 *      channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
  93 *      This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
  94 *      restrictions.
  95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
  96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
  97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
  98 *      on this channel.
  99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
 100 *      on this channel.
 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel.
 102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted
 103 *      on this channel.
 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted
 105 *      on this channel.
 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted
 107 *      on this channel.
 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted
 109 *      on this channel.
 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted
 111 *      on this channel.
 112 *
 113 */
 114enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
 115        IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED         = 1<<0,
 116        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR            = 1<<1,
 117        /* hole at 1<<2 */
 118        IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR            = 1<<3,
 119        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS      = 1<<4,
 120        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS     = 1<<5,
 121        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM          = 1<<6,
 122        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ         = 1<<7,
 123        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ        = 1<<8,
 124        IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY      = 1<<9,
 125        IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT    = 1<<10,
 126        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ         = 1<<11,
 127        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ         = 1<<12,
 128        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE            = 1<<13,
 129        IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ             = 1<<14,
 130        IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ             = 1<<15,
 131        IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ             = 1<<16,
 132        IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ             = 1<<17,
 133        IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ            = 1<<18,
 134};
 135
 136#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
 137        (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
 138
 139#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS           60000
 140#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS           (30 * 60 * 1000)
 141
 142/**
 143 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
 144 *
 145 * This structure describes a single channel for use
 146 * with cfg80211.
 147 *
 148 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
 149 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz
 150 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
 151 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
 152 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
 153 *      code to support devices with additional restrictions
 154 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
 155 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
 156 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
 157 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
 158 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
 159 *      has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
 160 *      to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
 161 * @orig_mag: internal use
 162 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
 163 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
 164 *      on this channel.
 165 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
 166 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
 167 */
 168struct ieee80211_channel {
 169        enum nl80211_band band;
 170        u32 center_freq;
 171        u16 freq_offset;
 172        u16 hw_value;
 173        u32 flags;
 174        int max_antenna_gain;
 175        int max_power;
 176        int max_reg_power;
 177        bool beacon_found;
 178        u32 orig_flags;
 179        int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
 180        enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
 181        unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
 182        unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
 183};
 184
 185/**
 186 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
 187 *
 188 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
 189 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
 190 * different bands/PHY modes.
 191 *
 192 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
 193 *      preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
 194 *      with CCK rates.
 195 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 196 *      when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
 197 *      core code when registering the wiphy.
 198 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 199 *      when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
 200 *      core code when registering the wiphy.
 201 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 202 *      when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
 203 *      core code when registering the wiphy.
 204 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
 205 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
 206 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
 207 */
 208enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
 209        IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE   = 1<<0,
 210        IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A      = 1<<1,
 211        IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B      = 1<<2,
 212        IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G      = 1<<3,
 213        IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G            = 1<<4,
 214        IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ    = 1<<5,
 215        IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ   = 1<<6,
 216};
 217
 218/**
 219 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
 220 *
 221 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
 222 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
 223 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
 224 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
 225 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
 226 */
 227enum ieee80211_bss_type {
 228        IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
 229        IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
 230        IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
 231        IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
 232        IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
 233};
 234
 235/**
 236 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
 237 *
 238 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
 239 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
 240 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
 241 */
 242enum ieee80211_privacy {
 243        IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
 244        IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
 245        IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
 246};
 247
 248#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x)    \
 249        ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
 250
 251/**
 252 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
 253 *
 254 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
 255 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
 256 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
 257 * passed around.
 258 *
 259 * @flags: rate-specific flags
 260 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
 261 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
 262 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
 263 *      short preamble is used
 264 */
 265struct ieee80211_rate {
 266        u32 flags;
 267        u16 bitrate;
 268        u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
 269};
 270
 271/**
 272 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
 273 *
 274 * @enable: is the feature enabled.
 275 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element.
 276 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset
 277 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
 278 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
 279 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by
 280 *      members of the SRG
 281 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values
 282 *      used by members of the SRG
 283 */
 284struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
 285        bool enable;
 286        u8 sr_ctrl;
 287        u8 non_srg_max_offset;
 288        u8 min_offset;
 289        u8 max_offset;
 290        u8 bss_color_bitmap[8];
 291        u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8];
 292};
 293
 294/**
 295 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
 296 *
 297 * @color: the current color.
 298 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used
 299 * @partial: define the AID equation.
 300 */
 301struct cfg80211_he_bss_color {
 302        u8 color;
 303        bool enabled;
 304        bool partial;
 305};
 306
 307/**
 308 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
 309 *
 310 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 311 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
 312 *
 313 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
 314 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
 315 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
 316 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
 317 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
 318 */
 319struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
 320        u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
 321        bool ht_supported;
 322        u8 ampdu_factor;
 323        u8 ampdu_density;
 324        struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
 325};
 326
 327/**
 328 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
 329 *
 330 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 331 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
 332 *
 333 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
 334 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
 335 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
 336 */
 337struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
 338        bool vht_supported;
 339        u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
 340        struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
 341};
 342
 343#define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN          25
 344
 345/**
 346 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
 347 *
 348 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 349 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
 350 *
 351 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
 352 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
 353 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
 354 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
 355 */
 356struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
 357        bool has_he;
 358        struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
 359        struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
 360        u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
 361};
 362
 363/**
 364 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type
 365 *
 366 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
 367 * interface types defined in @types_mask.  Each type in the
 368 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
 369 *
 370 * @types_mask: interface types mask
 371 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
 372 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a
 373 *      6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value).
 374 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise
 375 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data
 376 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length
 377 */
 378struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
 379        u16 types_mask;
 380        struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
 381        struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
 382        struct {
 383                const u8 *data;
 384                unsigned int len;
 385        } vendor_elems;
 386};
 387
 388/**
 389 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
 390 *
 391 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
 392 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
 393 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
 394 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
 395 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
 396 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
 397 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
 398 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
 399 *      2.16GHz+2.16GHz
 400 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
 401 *      4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
 402 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
 403 *      4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
 404 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
 405 *      and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
 406 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
 407 *      2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
 408 */
 409enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
 410        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4      = 4,
 411        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5      = 5,
 412        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6      = 6,
 413        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7      = 7,
 414        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8      = 8,
 415        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9      = 9,
 416        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10     = 10,
 417        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11     = 11,
 418        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12     = 12,
 419        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13     = 13,
 420        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14     = 14,
 421        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15     = 15,
 422};
 423
 424/**
 425 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
 426 *
 427 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 428 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
 429 *
 430 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
 431 *      that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
 432 *      Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
 433 *      Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
 434 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
 435 *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
 436 */
 437struct ieee80211_edmg {
 438        u8 channels;
 439        enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
 440};
 441
 442/**
 443 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities
 444 *
 445 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 446 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA.
 447 *
 448 * @s1g_supported: is STA an S1G STA
 449 * @cap: S1G capabilities information
 450 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set
 451 */
 452struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap {
 453        bool s1g;
 454        u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */
 455        u8 nss_mcs[5];
 456};
 457
 458/**
 459 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
 460 *
 461 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
 462 * is able to operate in.
 463 *
 464 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with
 465 *      in this band.
 466 * @band: the band this structure represents
 467 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
 468 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
 469 *      in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
 470 *      rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
 471 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
 472 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
 473 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
 474 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band
 475 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
 476 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course)
 477 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
 478 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries.  Note that the bits in
 479 *      @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
 480 *      one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
 481 *      iftype_data).
 482 */
 483struct ieee80211_supported_band {
 484        struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
 485        struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
 486        enum nl80211_band band;
 487        int n_channels;
 488        int n_bitrates;
 489        struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
 490        struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
 491        struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap;
 492        struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
 493        u16 n_iftype_data;
 494        const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
 495};
 496
 497/**
 498 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
 499 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
 500 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
 501 *
 502 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
 503 */
 504static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
 505ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
 506                                u8 iftype)
 507{
 508        int i;
 509
 510        if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
 511                return NULL;
 512
 513        for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++)  {
 514                const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
 515                        &sband->iftype_data[i];
 516
 517                if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
 518                        return data;
 519        }
 520
 521        return NULL;
 522}
 523
 524/**
 525 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
 526 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
 527 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
 528 *
 529 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
 530 */
 531static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
 532ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
 533                            u8 iftype)
 534{
 535        const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
 536                ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
 537
 538        if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
 539                return &data->he_cap;
 540
 541        return NULL;
 542}
 543
 544/**
 545 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities
 546 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
 547 * @iftype: the iftype to search for
 548 *
 549 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities
 550 */
 551static inline __le16
 552ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
 553                           enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
 554{
 555        const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
 556                ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
 557
 558        if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he))
 559                return 0;
 560
 561        return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa;
 562}
 563
 564/**
 565 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
 566 *
 567 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
 568 *
 569 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
 570 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
 571 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
 572 *
 573 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
 574 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
 575 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
 576 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
 577 * without affecting other devices.
 578 *
 579 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
 580 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
 581 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
 582 */
 583#ifdef CONFIG_OF
 584void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 585#else /* CONFIG_OF */
 586static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
 587{
 588}
 589#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
 590
 591
 592/*
 593 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
 594 */
 595
 596/**
 597 * DOC: Actions and configuration
 598 *
 599 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
 600 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
 601 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
 602 * operations use are described separately.
 603 *
 604 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
 605 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
 606 *
 607 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
 608 * in a separate chapter.
 609 */
 610
 611#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
 612                                    WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
 613
 614/**
 615 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
 616 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
 617 *      %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
 618 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
 619 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
 620 *      If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
 621 *      determine the address as needed.
 622 *      This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
 623 *      %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag.  Others may support creating
 624 **     only p2p devices with specified MAC.
 625 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
 626 *      belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
 627 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
 628 *      MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
 629 */
 630struct vif_params {
 631        u32 flags;
 632        int use_4addr;
 633        u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
 634        const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
 635        const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
 636};
 637
 638/**
 639 * struct key_params - key information
 640 *
 641 * Information about a key
 642 *
 643 * @key: key material
 644 * @key_len: length of key material
 645 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
 646 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
 647 *      with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
 648 *      length given by @seq_len.
 649 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
 650 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
 651 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
 652 */
 653struct key_params {
 654        const u8 *key;
 655        const u8 *seq;
 656        int key_len;
 657        int seq_len;
 658        u16 vlan_id;
 659        u32 cipher;
 660        enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
 661};
 662
 663/**
 664 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
 665 * @chan: the (control) channel
 666 * @width: channel width
 667 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
 668 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
 669 *      (only with 80+80 MHz)
 670 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
 671 *      If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
 672 *      chan will define the primary channel and all other
 673 *      parameters are ignored.
 674 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz
 675 */
 676struct cfg80211_chan_def {
 677        struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
 678        enum nl80211_chan_width width;
 679        u32 center_freq1;
 680        u32 center_freq2;
 681        struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
 682        u16 freq1_offset;
 683};
 684
 685/*
 686 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
 687 */
 688struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
 689        struct {
 690                u32 legacy;
 691                u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
 692                u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
 693                u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
 694                enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
 695                enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi;
 696                enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf;
 697        } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
 698};
 699
 700
 701/**
 702 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration
 703 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration
 704 *      of the peer.
 705 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify
 706 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed,
 707 *      similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp.
 708 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID
 709 * @retry_long: retry count value
 710 * @retry_short: retry count value
 711 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
 712 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS
 713 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
 714 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type
 715 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID
 716 */
 717struct cfg80211_tid_cfg {
 718        bool config_override;
 719        u8 tids;
 720        u64 mask;
 721        enum nl80211_tid_config noack;
 722        u8 retry_long, retry_short;
 723        enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu;
 724        enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts;
 725        enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu;
 726        enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type;
 727        struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask;
 728};
 729
 730/**
 731 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration
 732 * @peer: Station's MAC address
 733 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied
 734 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info
 735 */
 736struct cfg80211_tid_config {
 737        const u8 *peer;
 738        u32 n_tid_conf;
 739        struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[];
 740};
 741
 742/**
 743 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
 744 * @chandef: the channel definition
 745 *
 746 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
 747 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
 748 */
 749static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
 750cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 751{
 752        switch (chandef->width) {
 753        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
 754                return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
 755        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
 756                return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
 757        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
 758                if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
 759                        return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
 760                return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
 761        default:
 762                WARN_ON(1);
 763                return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
 764        }
 765}
 766
 767/**
 768 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
 769 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
 770 * @channel: the control channel
 771 * @chantype: the channel type
 772 *
 773 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
 774 */
 775void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
 776                             struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
 777                             enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
 778
 779/**
 780 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
 781 * @chandef1: first channel definition
 782 * @chandef2: second channel definition
 783 *
 784 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
 785 * identical, %false otherwise.
 786 */
 787static inline bool
 788cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
 789                           const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
 790{
 791        return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
 792                chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
 793                chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
 794                chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset &&
 795                chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
 796}
 797
 798/**
 799 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
 800 *
 801 * @chandef: the channel definition
 802 *
 803 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
 804 */
 805static inline bool
 806cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 807{
 808        return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
 809}
 810
 811/**
 812 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
 813 * @chandef1: first channel definition
 814 * @chandef2: second channel definition
 815 *
 816 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
 817 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
 818 */
 819const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
 820cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
 821                            const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
 822
 823/**
 824 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
 825 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
 826 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
 827 */
 828bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
 829
 830/**
 831 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
 832 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
 833 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
 834 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
 835 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
 836 */
 837bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
 838                             const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
 839                             u32 prohibited_flags);
 840
 841/**
 842 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
 843 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
 844 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
 845 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
 846 * Returns:
 847 *      1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
 848 */
 849int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
 850                                  const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
 851                                  enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
 852
 853/**
 854 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
 855 *
 856 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
 857 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
 858 *
 859 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
 860 *
 861 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
 862 */
 863static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
 864ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 865{
 866        switch (chandef->width) {
 867        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
 868                return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
 869        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
 870                return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
 871        default:
 872                break;
 873        }
 874        return 0;
 875}
 876
 877/**
 878 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
 879 *
 880 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
 881 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
 882 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
 883 *
 884 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
 885 *
 886 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
 887 */
 888static inline int
 889ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 890{
 891        switch (chandef->width) {
 892        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
 893                return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
 894                           chandef->chan->max_power);
 895        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
 896                return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
 897                           chandef->chan->max_power);
 898        default:
 899                break;
 900        }
 901        return chandef->chan->max_power;
 902}
 903
 904/**
 905 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels
 906 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for
 907 * @band_mask: which bands to check on
 908 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable,
 909 *      %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account
 910 */
 911bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy,
 912                                  unsigned long band_mask,
 913                                  u32 prohibited_flags);
 914
 915/**
 916 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
 917 *
 918 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
 919 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
 920 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
 921 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
 922 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
 923 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
 924 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
 925 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
 926 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
 927 *
 928 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
 929 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
 930 */
 931enum survey_info_flags {
 932        SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM           = BIT(0),
 933        SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE              = BIT(1),
 934        SURVEY_INFO_TIME                = BIT(2),
 935        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY           = BIT(3),
 936        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY       = BIT(4),
 937        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX             = BIT(5),
 938        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX             = BIT(6),
 939        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN           = BIT(7),
 940        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX         = BIT(8),
 941};
 942
 943/**
 944 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
 945 *
 946 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
 947 *      record to report global statistics
 948 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
 949 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
 950 *      optional
 951 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
 952 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
 953 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
 954 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
 955 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
 956 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
 957 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
 958 *
 959 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
 960 *
 961 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
 962 * channel duty cycle etc.
 963 */
 964struct survey_info {
 965        struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
 966        u64 time;
 967        u64 time_busy;
 968        u64 time_ext_busy;
 969        u64 time_rx;
 970        u64 time_tx;
 971        u64 time_scan;
 972        u64 time_bss_rx;
 973        u32 filled;
 974        s8 noise;
 975};
 976
 977#define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS   4
 978
 979/**
 980 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
 981 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
 982 *      (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
 983 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
 984 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
 985 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
 986 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
 987 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
 988 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
 989 *      sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
 990 *      required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
 991 *      user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
 992 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
 993 *      allowed through even on unauthorized ports
 994 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
 995 *      protocol frames.
 996 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
 997 *      port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
 998 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control
 999 *      port for mac80211
1000 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
1001 *      CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
1002 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
1003 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
1004 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
1005 *      offload)
1006 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
1007 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation:
1008 *
1009 *      NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED
1010 *        Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any
1011 *        preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in
1012 *        such a scenario.
1013 *
1014 *      NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK
1015 *        Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only
1016 *
1017 *      NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT
1018 *        Allow hash-to-element only
1019 *
1020 *      NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH
1021 *        Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element
1022 */
1023struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
1024        u32 wpa_versions;
1025        u32 cipher_group;
1026        int n_ciphers_pairwise;
1027        u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
1028        int n_akm_suites;
1029        u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
1030        bool control_port;
1031        __be16 control_port_ethertype;
1032        bool control_port_no_encrypt;
1033        bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1034        bool control_port_no_preauth;
1035        struct key_params *wep_keys;
1036        int wep_tx_key;
1037        const u8 *psk;
1038        const u8 *sae_pwd;
1039        u8 sae_pwd_len;
1040        enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe;
1041};
1042
1043/**
1044 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
1045 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
1046 *      or %NULL if not changed
1047 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
1048 *      or %NULL if not changed
1049 * @head_len: length of @head
1050 * @tail_len: length of @tail
1051 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
1052 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
1053 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
1054 *      frames or %NULL
1055 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
1056 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
1057 *      Response frames or %NULL
1058 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
1059 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
1060 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
1061 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
1062 *      (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
1063 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
1064 *      (measurement type 8)
1065 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
1066 *      Token (measurement type 11)
1067 * @lci_len: LCI data length
1068 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
1069 */
1070struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
1071        const u8 *head, *tail;
1072        const u8 *beacon_ies;
1073        const u8 *proberesp_ies;
1074        const u8 *assocresp_ies;
1075        const u8 *probe_resp;
1076        const u8 *lci;
1077        const u8 *civicloc;
1078        s8 ftm_responder;
1079
1080        size_t head_len, tail_len;
1081        size_t beacon_ies_len;
1082        size_t proberesp_ies_len;
1083        size_t assocresp_ies_len;
1084        size_t probe_resp_len;
1085        size_t lci_len;
1086        size_t civicloc_len;
1087};
1088
1089struct mac_address {
1090        u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1091};
1092
1093/**
1094 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
1095 *
1096 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
1097 *      entry specified by mac_addr
1098 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
1099 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
1100 */
1101struct cfg80211_acl_data {
1102        enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
1103        int n_acl_entries;
1104
1105        /* Keep it last */
1106        struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
1107};
1108
1109/**
1110 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
1111 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
1112 *
1113 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
1114 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
1115 * @tmpl_len: Template length
1116 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action
1117 *      frame headers.
1118 */
1119struct cfg80211_fils_discovery {
1120        u32 min_interval;
1121        u32 max_interval;
1122        size_t tmpl_len;
1123        const u8 *tmpl;
1124};
1125
1126/**
1127 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe
1128 *      response parameters in 6GHz.
1129 *
1130 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned
1131 *      in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive
1132 *      scanning
1133 * @tmpl_len: Template length
1134 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response
1135 */
1136struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp {
1137        u32 interval;
1138        size_t tmpl_len;
1139        const u8 *tmpl;
1140};
1141
1142/**
1143 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
1144 *
1145 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
1146 *
1147 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
1148 */
1149enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags {
1150        AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0),
1151};
1152
1153/**
1154 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
1155 *
1156 * Used to configure an AP interface.
1157 *
1158 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1159 * @beacon: beacon data
1160 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1161 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
1162 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
1163 *      user space)
1164 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
1165 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
1166 * @crypto: crypto settings
1167 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
1168 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1169 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
1170 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
1171 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
1172 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
1173 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
1174 *      MAC address based access control
1175 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
1176 *      networks.
1177 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1178 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
1179 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
1180 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1181 * @ht_required: stations must support HT
1182 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
1183 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
1184 * @he_required: stations must support HE
1185 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE
1186 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
1187 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
1188 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings
1189 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1190 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters
1191 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters
1192 */
1193struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
1194        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1195
1196        struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
1197
1198        int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
1199        const u8 *ssid;
1200        size_t ssid_len;
1201        enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
1202        struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1203        bool privacy;
1204        enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1205        enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1206        int inactivity_timeout;
1207        u8 p2p_ctwindow;
1208        bool p2p_opp_ps;
1209        const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
1210        bool pbss;
1211        struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1212
1213        const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
1214        const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
1215        const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
1216        const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper;
1217        bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required;
1218        bool twt_responder;
1219        u32 flags;
1220        struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
1221        struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
1222        struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
1223        struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp;
1224};
1225
1226/**
1227 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
1228 *
1229 * Used for channel switch
1230 *
1231 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
1232 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
1233 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1234 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1235 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
1236 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
1237 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
1238 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
1239 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
1240 * @count: number of beacons until switch
1241 */
1242struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
1243        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1244        struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
1245        const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
1246        const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
1247        unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
1248        unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
1249        struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
1250        bool radar_required;
1251        bool block_tx;
1252        u8 count;
1253};
1254
1255/**
1256 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings
1257 *
1258 * Used for bss color change
1259 *
1260 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown
1261 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1262 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1263 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change
1264 * @count: number of beacons until the color change
1265 * @color: the color used after the change
1266 */
1267struct cfg80211_color_change_settings {
1268        struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change;
1269        u16 counter_offset_beacon;
1270        u16 counter_offset_presp;
1271        struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next;
1272        u8 count;
1273        u8 color;
1274};
1275
1276/**
1277 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
1278 *
1279 * Used to pass interface combination parameters
1280 *
1281 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
1282 *      to use for verification
1283 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
1284 *      width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
1285 *      &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
1286 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
1287 *      type.  The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
1288 *      nl80211_iftype.
1289 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
1290 *      that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
1291 *      the verification
1292 */
1293struct iface_combination_params {
1294        int num_different_channels;
1295        u8 radar_detect;
1296        int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
1297        u32 new_beacon_int;
1298};
1299
1300/**
1301 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
1302 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
1303 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
1304 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
1305 *
1306 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
1307 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
1308 */
1309enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
1310        STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
1311        STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
1312        STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
1313        STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3),
1314};
1315
1316/**
1317 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1318 *
1319 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1320 *
1321 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
1322 *      is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
1323 *      overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
1324 *      power per-interface or per-station.
1325 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1326 *      will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1327 *      %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1328 *      NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1329 *      per peer TPC.
1330 */
1331struct sta_txpwr {
1332        s16 power;
1333        enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1334};
1335
1336/**
1337 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1338 *
1339 * Used to change and create a new station.
1340 *
1341 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1342 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1343 *      (or NULL for no change)
1344 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1345 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1346 *      (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1347 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1348 *      (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1349 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1350 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1351 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
1352 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1353 * @plink_action: plink action to take
1354 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1355 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1356 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1357 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1358 *      as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1359 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1360 *      QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1361 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1362 *      (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1363 *      see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1364 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1365 *      to unknown)
1366 * @capability: station capability
1367 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1368 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1369 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1370 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1371 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1372 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1373 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1374 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1375 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1376 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1377 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1378 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1379 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station
1380 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station
1381 */
1382struct station_parameters {
1383        const u8 *supported_rates;
1384        struct net_device *vlan;
1385        u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1386        u32 sta_modify_mask;
1387        int listen_interval;
1388        u16 aid;
1389        u16 vlan_id;
1390        u16 peer_aid;
1391        u8 supported_rates_len;
1392        u8 plink_action;
1393        u8 plink_state;
1394        const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1395        const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1396        u8 uapsd_queues;
1397        u8 max_sp;
1398        enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1399        u16 capability;
1400        const u8 *ext_capab;
1401        u8 ext_capab_len;
1402        const u8 *supported_channels;
1403        u8 supported_channels_len;
1404        const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1405        u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1406        u8 opmode_notif;
1407        bool opmode_notif_used;
1408        int support_p2p_ps;
1409        const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1410        u8 he_capa_len;
1411        u16 airtime_weight;
1412        struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1413        const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa;
1414};
1415
1416/**
1417 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1418 *
1419 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1420 *
1421 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1422 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1423 *      (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1424 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1425 */
1426struct station_del_parameters {
1427        const u8 *mac;
1428        u8 subtype;
1429        u16 reason_code;
1430};
1431
1432/**
1433 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1434 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1435 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1436 *      unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1437 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1438 *      the AP MLME in the device
1439 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1440 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1441 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1442 *      while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1443 *      being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1444 *      supported/used)
1445 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1446 *      entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1447 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1448 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1449 */
1450enum cfg80211_station_type {
1451        CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1452        CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1453        CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1454        CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1455        CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1456        CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1457        CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1458        CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1459        CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1460};
1461
1462/**
1463 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1464 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1465 * @params: the new parameters for a station
1466 * @statype: the type of station being modified
1467 *
1468 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1469 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1470 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1471 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1472 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1473 */
1474int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1475                                  struct station_parameters *params,
1476                                  enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1477
1478/**
1479 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags
1480 *
1481 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1482 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1483 *
1484 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1485 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1486 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1487 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
1488 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1489 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
1490 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS
1491 */
1492enum rate_info_flags {
1493        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS                     = BIT(0),
1494        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS                 = BIT(1),
1495        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI                = BIT(2),
1496        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG                     = BIT(3),
1497        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS                  = BIT(4),
1498        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG                    = BIT(5),
1499        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG         = BIT(6),
1500};
1501
1502/**
1503 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1504 *
1505 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1506 *
1507 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1508 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1509 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1510 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1511 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1512 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1513 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1514 */
1515enum rate_info_bw {
1516        RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1517        RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1518        RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1519        RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1520        RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1521        RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1522        RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1523};
1524
1525/**
1526 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1527 *
1528 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1529 *
1530 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1531 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1532 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1533 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1534 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1535 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1536 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1537 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1538 *      only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1539 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
1540 */
1541struct rate_info {
1542        u8 flags;
1543        u8 mcs;
1544        u16 legacy;
1545        u8 nss;
1546        u8 bw;
1547        u8 he_gi;
1548        u8 he_dcm;
1549        u8 he_ru_alloc;
1550        u8 n_bonded_ch;
1551};
1552
1553/**
1554 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags
1555 *
1556 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1557 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1558 *
1559 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1560 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1561 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1562 */
1563enum bss_param_flags {
1564        BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT        = 1<<0,
1565        BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE  = 1<<1,
1566        BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2,
1567};
1568
1569/**
1570 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1571 *
1572 * Information about the currently associated BSS
1573 *
1574 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1575 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1576 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1577 */
1578struct sta_bss_parameters {
1579        u8 flags;
1580        u8 dtim_period;
1581        u16 beacon_interval;
1582};
1583
1584/**
1585 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1586 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1587 *      indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1588 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1589 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1590 * @flows: number of new flows seen
1591 * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1592 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1593 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1594 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1595 * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1596 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1597 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1598 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1599 */
1600struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
1601        u32 filled;
1602        u32 backlog_bytes;
1603        u32 backlog_packets;
1604        u32 flows;
1605        u32 drops;
1606        u32 ecn_marks;
1607        u32 overlimit;
1608        u32 overmemory;
1609        u32 collisions;
1610        u32 tx_bytes;
1611        u32 tx_packets;
1612        u32 max_flows;
1613};
1614
1615/**
1616 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1617 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1618 *      indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1619 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1620 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1621 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1622 *      transmitted MSDUs
1623 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1624 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1625 */
1626struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1627        u32 filled;
1628        u64 rx_msdu;
1629        u64 tx_msdu;
1630        u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1631        u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1632        struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
1633};
1634
1635#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS    4
1636
1637/**
1638 * struct station_info - station information
1639 *
1640 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1641 *
1642 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1643 *      indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1644 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1645 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1646 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
1647 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1648 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1649 * @llid: mesh local link id
1650 * @plid: mesh peer link id
1651 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1652 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1653 *      For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1654 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1655 *      For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1656 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1657 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1658 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1659 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1660 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1661 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1662 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1663 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1664 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1665 * @rx_dropped_misc:  Dropped for un-specified reason.
1666 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1667 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1668 *      This number should increase every time the list of stations
1669 *      changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1670 *      userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1671 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1672 *      This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1673 *      user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1674 *      the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1675 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1676 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1677 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1678 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1679 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1680 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1681 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1682 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1683 *      towards this station.
1684 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1685 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1686 *      from this peer
1687 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1688 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1689 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1690 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1691 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1692 *      (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1693 *      Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1694 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1695 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1696 *      been sent.
1697 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1698 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1699 *      an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1700 *      received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1701 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1702 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server
1703 */
1704struct station_info {
1705        u64 filled;
1706        u32 connected_time;
1707        u32 inactive_time;
1708        u64 assoc_at;
1709        u64 rx_bytes;
1710        u64 tx_bytes;
1711        u16 llid;
1712        u16 plid;
1713        u8 plink_state;
1714        s8 signal;
1715        s8 signal_avg;
1716
1717        u8 chains;
1718        s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1719        s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1720
1721        struct rate_info txrate;
1722        struct rate_info rxrate;
1723        u32 rx_packets;
1724        u32 tx_packets;
1725        u32 tx_retries;
1726        u32 tx_failed;
1727        u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1728        struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1729        struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1730
1731        int generation;
1732
1733        const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1734        size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1735
1736        u32 beacon_loss_count;
1737        s64 t_offset;
1738        enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1739        enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1740        enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1741
1742        u32 expected_throughput;
1743
1744        u64 tx_duration;
1745        u64 rx_duration;
1746        u64 rx_beacon;
1747        u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1748        u8 connected_to_gate;
1749
1750        struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
1751        s8 ack_signal;
1752        s8 avg_ack_signal;
1753
1754        u16 airtime_weight;
1755
1756        u32 rx_mpdu_count;
1757        u32 fcs_err_count;
1758
1759        u32 airtime_link_metric;
1760
1761        u8 connected_to_as;
1762};
1763
1764/**
1765 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit
1766 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm
1767 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to
1768 */
1769struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs {
1770        s32 power;
1771        u32 freq_range_index;
1772};
1773
1774/**
1775 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs
1776 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types
1777 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs
1778 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs
1779 */
1780struct cfg80211_sar_specs {
1781        enum nl80211_sar_type type;
1782        u32 num_sub_specs;
1783        struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[];
1784};
1785
1786
1787/**
1788 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges
1789 * @start_freq:  start range edge frequency
1790 * @end_freq:    end range edge frequency
1791 */
1792struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges {
1793        u32 start_freq;
1794        u32 end_freq;
1795};
1796
1797/**
1798 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability
1799 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types
1800 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges
1801 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges.
1802 *
1803 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing
1804 * range to small ones and then append them.
1805 */
1806struct cfg80211_sar_capa {
1807        enum nl80211_sar_type type;
1808        u32 num_freq_ranges;
1809        const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges;
1810};
1811
1812#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1813/**
1814 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1815 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1816 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1817 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1818 *
1819 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1820 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1821 * considered undefined.
1822 */
1823int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1824                         struct station_info *sinfo);
1825#else
1826static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1827                                       const u8 *mac_addr,
1828                                       struct station_info *sinfo)
1829{
1830        return -ENOENT;
1831}
1832#endif
1833
1834/**
1835 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1836 *
1837 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1838 * according to the nl80211 flags.
1839 *
1840 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1841 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1842 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1843 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1844 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1845 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1846 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1847 */
1848enum monitor_flags {
1849        MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED            = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1850        MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL            = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1851        MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL           = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1852        MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL            = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1853        MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS          = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1854        MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES        = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1855        MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE             = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1856};
1857
1858/**
1859 * enum mpath_info_flags -  mesh path information flags
1860 *
1861 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1862 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1863 *
1864 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1865 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1866 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1867 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1868 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1869 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1870 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1871 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1872 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1873 */
1874enum mpath_info_flags {
1875        MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN           = BIT(0),
1876        MPATH_INFO_SN                   = BIT(1),
1877        MPATH_INFO_METRIC               = BIT(2),
1878        MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME              = BIT(3),
1879        MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT    = BIT(4),
1880        MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES    = BIT(5),
1881        MPATH_INFO_FLAGS                = BIT(6),
1882        MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT            = BIT(7),
1883        MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE          = BIT(8),
1884};
1885
1886/**
1887 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1888 *
1889 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1890 *
1891 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1892 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1893 * @sn: target sequence number
1894 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1895 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1896 * @flags: mesh path flags
1897 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1898 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1899 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1900 *      This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1901 *      changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1902 *      userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1903 * @hop_count: hops to destination
1904 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1905 */
1906struct mpath_info {
1907        u32 filled;
1908        u32 frame_qlen;
1909        u32 sn;
1910        u32 metric;
1911        u32 exptime;
1912        u32 discovery_timeout;
1913        u8 discovery_retries;
1914        u8 flags;
1915        u8 hop_count;
1916        u32 path_change_count;
1917
1918        int generation;
1919};
1920
1921/**
1922 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1923 *
1924 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1925 *
1926 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1927 *      (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1928 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1929 *      (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1930 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1931 *      (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1932 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1933 *      (or NULL for no change)
1934 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1935 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1936 *      (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1937 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1938 *      (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1939 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1940 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1941 */
1942struct bss_parameters {
1943        int use_cts_prot;
1944        int use_short_preamble;
1945        int use_short_slot_time;
1946        const u8 *basic_rates;
1947        u8 basic_rates_len;
1948        int ap_isolate;
1949        int ht_opmode;
1950        s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1951};
1952
1953/**
1954 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1955 *
1956 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1957 *
1958 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1959 *      by the Mesh Peering Open message
1960 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1961 *      used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1962 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1963 *      the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1964 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1965 *      mesh interface
1966 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1967 *      be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1968 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1969 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1970 *      elements
1971 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1972 *      detect compatible mesh peers
1973 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1974 *      synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1975 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1976 *      that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1977 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1978 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1979 *      a path discovery in milliseconds
1980 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1981 *      receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1982 *      root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1983 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1984 *      which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1985 *      element
1986 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1987 *      which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1988 *      element
1989 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1990 *      it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1991 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1992 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1993 *      announcements are transmitted
1994 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1995 *      station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1996 *      missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1997 *      only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1998 *      not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1999 *      same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
2000 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
2001 *      entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
2002 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
2003 *      station to establish a peer link
2004 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
2005 *
2006 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
2007 *      receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
2008 *      the root mesh STA to be valid.
2009 *
2010 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
2011 *      PREQs are transmitted.
2012 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
2013 *      during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
2014 *      a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
2015 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
2016 *      setting for new peer links.
2017 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
2018 *      after transmitting its beacon.
2019 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
2020 *      peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
2021 *      from the STA's list of peers.  Default is 30 minutes.
2022 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
2023 *      connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info.  If false, the
2024 *      value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
2025 *      in the mesh path table
2026 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP
2027 *      for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might
2028 *      not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So
2029 *      if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
2030 *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
2031 */
2032struct mesh_config {
2033        u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
2034        u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
2035        u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
2036        u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
2037        u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
2038        u8 dot11MeshTTL;
2039        u8 element_ttl;
2040        bool auto_open_plinks;
2041        u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
2042        u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
2043        u32 path_refresh_time;
2044        u16 min_discovery_timeout;
2045        u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
2046        u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
2047        u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
2048        u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
2049        u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
2050        bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
2051        bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer;
2052        u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
2053        bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
2054        bool dot11MeshForwarding;
2055        s32 rssi_threshold;
2056        u16 ht_opmode;
2057        u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
2058        u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
2059        u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
2060        enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
2061        u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
2062        u32 plink_timeout;
2063        bool dot11MeshNolearn;
2064};
2065
2066/**
2067 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
2068 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
2069 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
2070 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
2071 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
2072 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
2073 * @path_metric: which metric to use
2074 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
2075 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
2076 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
2077 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
2078 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
2079 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
2080 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
2081 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2082 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
2083 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
2084 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
2085 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2086 *      changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2087 *      to operate on DFS channels.
2088 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2089 *      port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2090 *
2091 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
2092 */
2093struct mesh_setup {
2094        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2095        const u8 *mesh_id;
2096        u8 mesh_id_len;
2097        u8 sync_method;
2098        u8 path_sel_proto;
2099        u8 path_metric;
2100        u8 auth_id;
2101        const u8 *ie;
2102        u8 ie_len;
2103        bool is_authenticated;
2104        bool is_secure;
2105        bool user_mpm;
2106        u8 dtim_period;
2107        u16 beacon_interval;
2108        int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2109        u32 basic_rates;
2110        struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
2111        bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2112        bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2113};
2114
2115/**
2116 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
2117 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
2118 *
2119 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
2120 */
2121struct ocb_setup {
2122        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2123};
2124
2125/**
2126 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
2127 * @ac: AC identifier
2128 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
2129 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
2130 *      1..32767]
2131 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
2132 *      1..32767]
2133 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
2134 */
2135struct ieee80211_txq_params {
2136        enum nl80211_ac ac;
2137        u16 txop;
2138        u16 cwmin;
2139        u16 cwmax;
2140        u8 aifs;
2141};
2142
2143/**
2144 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
2145 *
2146 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
2147 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
2148 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
2149 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
2150 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
2151 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
2152 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
2153 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
2154 * in the wiphy structure.
2155 *
2156 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
2157 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
2158 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
2159 *
2160 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
2161 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
2162 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
2163 * to userspace.
2164 */
2165
2166/**
2167 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
2168 * @ssid: the SSID
2169 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
2170 */
2171struct cfg80211_ssid {
2172        u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
2173        u8 ssid_len;
2174};
2175
2176/**
2177 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
2178 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
2179 *      wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
2180 *      information is not available, this field is left zero.
2181 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
2182 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
2183 *      userspace will be notified of that
2184 */
2185struct cfg80211_scan_info {
2186        u64 scan_start_tsf;
2187        u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2188        bool aborted;
2189};
2190
2191/**
2192 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only
2193 *
2194 * @short_bssid: short ssid to scan for
2195 * @bssid: bssid to scan for
2196 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request
2197 *       which the above info relvant to
2198 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU
2199 * @short_ssid_valid: short_ssid is valid and can be used
2200 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait
2201 *       20 TUs before starting to send probe requests.
2202 */
2203struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params {
2204        u32 short_ssid;
2205        u32 channel_idx;
2206        u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2207        bool unsolicited_probe;
2208        bool short_ssid_valid;
2209        bool psc_no_listen;
2210};
2211
2212/**
2213 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
2214 *
2215 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
2216 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2217 * @channels: channels to scan on.
2218 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2219 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2220 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2221 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2222 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
2223 *      %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
2224 *      the actual dwell time may be shorter.
2225 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
2226 *      %duration field.
2227 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2228 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
2229 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2230 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
2231 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
2232 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
2233 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
2234 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
2235 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2236 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2237 *      are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2238 *      be taken from the @mac_addr
2239 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only,
2240 *      true if this is the second scan request
2241 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params
2242 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params
2243 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
2244 */
2245struct cfg80211_scan_request {
2246        struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2247        int n_ssids;
2248        u32 n_channels;
2249        enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2250        const u8 *ie;
2251        size_t ie_len;
2252        u16 duration;
2253        bool duration_mandatory;
2254        u32 flags;
2255
2256        u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2257
2258        struct wireless_dev *wdev;
2259
2260        u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2261        u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2262        u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2263
2264        /* internal */
2265        struct wiphy *wiphy;
2266        unsigned long scan_start;
2267        struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
2268        bool notified;
2269        bool no_cck;
2270        bool scan_6ghz;
2271        u32 n_6ghz_params;
2272        struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params;
2273
2274        /* keep last */
2275        struct ieee80211_channel *channels[];
2276};
2277
2278static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
2279{
2280        int i;
2281
2282        get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
2283        for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
2284                buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
2285                buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
2286        }
2287}
2288
2289/**
2290 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
2291 *
2292 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
2293 *      or no match (RSSI only)
2294 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
2295 *      or no match (RSSI only)
2296 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
2297 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
2298 *      for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
2299 *      of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
2300 *      %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
2301 *      specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
2302 *      If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
2303 *      corresponding matchset.
2304 */
2305struct cfg80211_match_set {
2306        struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2307        u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2308        s32 rssi_thold;
2309        s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2310};
2311
2312/**
2313 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
2314 *
2315 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
2316 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
2317 *      infinite loop.
2318 *      The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
2319 *      all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
2320 */
2321struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
2322        u32 interval;
2323        u32 iterations;
2324};
2325
2326/**
2327 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
2328 *
2329 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
2330 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
2331 */
2332struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
2333        enum nl80211_band band;
2334        s8 delta;
2335};
2336
2337/**
2338 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
2339 *
2340 * @reqid: identifies this request.
2341 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
2342 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2343 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2344 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2345 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2346 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2347 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2348 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
2349 *      entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
2350 *      (others are filtered out).
2351 *      If ommited, all results are passed.
2352 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
2353 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
2354 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2355 * @dev: the interface
2356 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
2357 * @channels: channels to scan
2358 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
2359 *      contains the minimum over all matchsets
2360 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2361 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2362 *      are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2363 *      be taken from the @mac_addr
2364 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
2365 *      index must be executed first.
2366 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
2367 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
2368 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
2369 *      owned by a particular socket)
2370 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
2371 * @list: for keeping list of requests.
2372 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
2373 *      cycle.  The driver may ignore this parameter and start
2374 *      immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
2375 *      supported.
2376 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
2377 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
2378 *      reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
2379 *      to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
2380 *      The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
2381 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
2382 *      to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
2383 *      using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
2384 *      belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
2385 *      comparisions.
2386 */
2387struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
2388        u64 reqid;
2389        struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2390        int n_ssids;
2391        u32 n_channels;
2392        enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2393        const u8 *ie;
2394        size_t ie_len;
2395        u32 flags;
2396        struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
2397        int n_match_sets;
2398        s32 min_rssi_thold;
2399        u32 delay;
2400        struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
2401        int n_scan_plans;
2402
2403        u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2404        u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2405
2406        bool relative_rssi_set;
2407        s8 relative_rssi;
2408        struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
2409
2410        /* internal */
2411        struct wiphy *wiphy;
2412        struct net_device *dev;
2413        unsigned long scan_start;
2414        bool report_results;
2415        struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2416        u32 owner_nlportid;
2417        bool nl_owner_dead;
2418        struct list_head list;
2419
2420        /* keep last */
2421        struct ieee80211_channel *channels[];
2422};
2423
2424/**
2425 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
2426 *
2427 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
2428 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
2429 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
2430 */
2431enum cfg80211_signal_type {
2432        CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
2433        CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
2434        CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
2435};
2436
2437/**
2438 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2439 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2440 * @scan_width: scan width that was used
2441 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2442 *      signal type
2443 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2444 *      received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2445 *      received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2446 *      buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2447 *      If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2448 *      ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
2449 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2450 *      timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2451 *      by %parent_bssid.
2452 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2453 *      the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2454 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2455 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2456 */
2457struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
2458        struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2459        enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2460        s32 signal;
2461        u64 boottime_ns;
2462        u64 parent_tsf;
2463        u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2464        u8 chains;
2465        s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2466};
2467
2468/**
2469 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2470 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2471 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2472 * @len: length of the IEs
2473 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2474 * @data: IE data
2475 */
2476struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2477        u64 tsf;
2478        struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2479        int len;
2480        bool from_beacon;
2481        u8 data[];
2482};
2483
2484/**
2485 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2486 *
2487 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2488 * for use in scan results and similar.
2489 *
2490 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2491 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2492 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2493 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2494 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2495 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2496 *      are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2497 *      proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2498 *      received. It is always non-%NULL.
2499 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2500 *      (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2501 *      own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2502 *      @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2503 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2504 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2505 *      a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2506 *      that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2507 *      points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2508 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2509 *      non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2510 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2511 *      (multi-BSSID support)
2512 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2513 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2514 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2515 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2516 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2517 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2518 */
2519struct cfg80211_bss {
2520        struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2521        enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2522
2523        const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2524        const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2525        const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2526
2527        struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2528        struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2529        struct list_head nontrans_list;
2530
2531        s32 signal;
2532
2533        u16 beacon_interval;
2534        u16 capability;
2535
2536        u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2537        u8 chains;
2538        s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2539
2540        u8 bssid_index;
2541        u8 max_bssid_indicator;
2542
2543        u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2544};
2545
2546/**
2547 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2548 * @bss: the bss to search
2549 * @id: the element ID
2550 *
2551 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2552 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2553 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2554 */
2555const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
2556
2557/**
2558 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2559 * @bss: the bss to search
2560 * @id: the element ID
2561 *
2562 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2563 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2564 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2565 */
2566static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
2567{
2568        return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
2569}
2570
2571
2572/**
2573 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2574 *
2575 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2576 * authentication.
2577 *
2578 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2579 *      to it if it needs to keep it.
2580 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2581 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2582 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2583 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2584 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2585 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2586 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2587 *      the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2588 *      Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2589 *      transaction sequence number field.
2590 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2591 */
2592struct cfg80211_auth_request {
2593        struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2594        const u8 *ie;
2595        size_t ie_len;
2596        enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2597        const u8 *key;
2598        u8 key_len, key_idx;
2599        const u8 *auth_data;
2600        size_t auth_data_len;
2601};
2602
2603/**
2604 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2605 *
2606 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT:  Disable HT (802.11n)
2607 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT:  Disable VHT
2608 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2609 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2610 *      authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2611 *      userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2612 *      request (connect callback).
2613 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE:  Disable HE
2614 */
2615enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
2616        ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT                    = BIT(0),
2617        ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT                   = BIT(1),
2618        ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM                       = BIT(2),
2619        CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT       = BIT(3),
2620        ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE                    = BIT(4),
2621};
2622
2623/**
2624 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2625 *
2626 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2627 * (re)association.
2628 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2629 *      given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2630 *      or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2631 *      association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2632 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2633 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2634 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2635 * @crypto: crypto settings
2636 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2637 *      to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2638 *      do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2639 *      the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2640 *      included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2641 *      frame.
2642 * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2643 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2644 *      will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2645 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2646 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2647 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2648 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2649 *      %NULL if FILS is not used.
2650 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2651 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2652 *      Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2653 *      with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2654 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override
2655 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask
2656 */
2657struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
2658        struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2659        const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
2660        size_t ie_len;
2661        struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2662        bool use_mfp;
2663        u32 flags;
2664        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2665        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2666        struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
2667        const u8 *fils_kek;
2668        size_t fils_kek_len;
2669        const u8 *fils_nonces;
2670        struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask;
2671};
2672
2673/**
2674 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2675 *
2676 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2677 * deauthentication.
2678 *
2679 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2680 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2681 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2682 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2683 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2684 *      do not set a deauth frame
2685 */
2686struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
2687        const u8 *bssid;
2688        const u8 *ie;
2689        size_t ie_len;
2690        u16 reason_code;
2691        bool local_state_change;
2692};
2693
2694/**
2695 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2696 *
2697 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2698 * disassociation.
2699 *
2700 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2701 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2702 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2703 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2704 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2705 *      Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2706 */
2707struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2708        struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2709        const u8 *ie;
2710        size_t ie_len;
2711        u16 reason_code;
2712        bool local_state_change;
2713};
2714
2715/**
2716 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2717 *
2718 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2719 * method.
2720 *
2721 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2722 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2723 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2724 *      search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2725 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2726 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2727 *      IBSSs to join on other channels.
2728 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2729 * @ie_len: length of that
2730 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2731 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2732 *      after joining
2733 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2734 *      sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2735 *      required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2736 *      user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2737 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2738 *      port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2739 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2740 *      changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2741 *      to operate on DFS channels.
2742 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2743 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2744 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2745 *      will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2746 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2747 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2748 *      CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2749 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2750 */
2751struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2752        const u8 *ssid;
2753        const u8 *bssid;
2754        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2755        const u8 *ie;
2756        u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2757        u16 beacon_interval;
2758        u32 basic_rates;
2759        bool channel_fixed;
2760        bool privacy;
2761        bool control_port;
2762        bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2763        bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2764        int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2765        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2766        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2767        struct key_params *wep_keys;
2768        int wep_tx_key;
2769};
2770
2771/**
2772 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2773 *
2774 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2775 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2776 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2777 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2778 */
2779struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2780        enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2781        union {
2782                enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2783                struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2784        } param;
2785};
2786
2787/**
2788 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2789 *
2790 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2791 * authentication and association.
2792 *
2793 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2794 *      on scan results)
2795 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2796 *      %NULL if not specified
2797 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2798 *      results)
2799 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2800 *      %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2801 *      allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2802 *      to use.
2803 * @ssid: SSID
2804 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2805 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2806 * @ie: IEs for association request
2807 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2808 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2809 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2810 * @crypto: crypto settings
2811 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2812 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2813 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2814 * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2815 * @bg_scan_period:  Background scan period in seconds
2816 *      or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2817 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2818 *      will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2819 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2820 * @vht_capa:  VHT Capability overrides
2821 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2822 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2823 *      networks.
2824 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2825 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2826 *      to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2827 *      do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2828 *      the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2829 *      included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2830 *      frame.
2831 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2832 *      NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2833 *      data IE.
2834 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2835 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2836 *      %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2837 *      is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2838 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2839 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2840 *      messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2841 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2842 *      keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2843 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2844 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2845 *      offload of 4-way handshake.
2846 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
2847 *      This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
2848 *      to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
2849 */
2850struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2851        struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2852        struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2853        const u8 *bssid;
2854        const u8 *bssid_hint;
2855        const u8 *ssid;
2856        size_t ssid_len;
2857        enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2858        const u8 *ie;
2859        size_t ie_len;
2860        bool privacy;
2861        enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2862        struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2863        const u8 *key;
2864        u8 key_len, key_idx;
2865        u32 flags;
2866        int bg_scan_period;
2867        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2868        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2869        struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2870        struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2871        bool pbss;
2872        struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2873        const u8 *prev_bssid;
2874        const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2875        size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2876        const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2877        size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2878        u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2879        const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2880        size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2881        bool want_1x;
2882        struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
2883};
2884
2885/**
2886 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2887 *
2888 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2889 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2890 *
2891 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2892 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2893 *      username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2894 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2895 */
2896enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2897        UPDATE_ASSOC_IES                = BIT(0),
2898        UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO            = BIT(1),
2899        UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE                = BIT(2),
2900};
2901
2902/**
2903 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2904 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2905 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2906 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2907 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2908 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2909 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2910 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2911 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2912 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2913 */
2914enum wiphy_params_flags {
2915        WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT         = 1 << 0,
2916        WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG          = 1 << 1,
2917        WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD      = 1 << 2,
2918        WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD       = 1 << 3,
2919        WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS      = 1 << 4,
2920        WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK             = 1 << 5,
2921        WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT           = 1 << 6,
2922        WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT    = 1 << 7,
2923        WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM         = 1 << 8,
2924};
2925
2926#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT        256
2927
2928/* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */
2929#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L       5000
2930#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H       12000
2931
2932/* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */
2933#define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD                 24000
2934
2935/**
2936 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2937 *
2938 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2939 * caching.
2940 *
2941 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2942 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2943 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2944 *      derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2945 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2946 *      the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2947 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2948 *      cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2949 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2950 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2951 *      scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2952 *      %NULL).
2953 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds
2954 *      (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified.
2955 *      The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after
2956 *      expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on
2957 *      expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK
2958 *      used for it expires.
2959 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of
2960 *      PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified.
2961 *      Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using
2962 *      this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this
2963 *      threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires.
2964 */
2965struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2966        const u8 *bssid;
2967        const u8 *pmkid;
2968        const u8 *pmk;
2969        size_t pmk_len;
2970        const u8 *ssid;
2971        size_t ssid_len;
2972        const u8 *cache_id;
2973        u32 pmk_lifetime;
2974        u8 pmk_reauth_threshold;
2975};
2976
2977/**
2978 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2979 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2980 *      one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2981 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2982 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2983 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2984 *
2985 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2986 * memory, free @mask only!
2987 */
2988struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2989        const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2990        int pattern_len;
2991        int pkt_offset;
2992};
2993
2994/**
2995 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2996 *
2997 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2998 * @src: source IP address
2999 * @dst: destination IP address
3000 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
3001 * @src_port: source port
3002 * @dst_port: destination port
3003 * @payload_len: data payload length
3004 * @payload: data payload buffer
3005 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
3006 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
3007 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
3008 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
3009 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
3010 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
3011 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
3012 */
3013struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
3014        struct socket *sock;
3015        __be32 src, dst;
3016        u16 src_port, dst_port;
3017        u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
3018        int payload_len;
3019        const u8 *payload;
3020        struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
3021        u32 data_interval;
3022        u32 wake_len;
3023        const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
3024        u32 tokens_size;
3025        /* must be last, variable member */
3026        struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
3027};
3028
3029/**
3030 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
3031 *
3032 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
3033 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
3034 *      operating as normal during suspend
3035 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
3036 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
3037 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
3038 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
3039 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
3040 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
3041 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
3042 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
3043 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
3044 *      NULL if not configured.
3045 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
3046 */
3047struct cfg80211_wowlan {
3048        bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
3049             eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
3050             rfkill_release;
3051        struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
3052        struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
3053        int n_patterns;
3054        struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
3055};
3056
3057/**
3058 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
3059 *
3060 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
3061 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
3062 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
3063 *      see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
3064 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
3065 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
3066 */
3067struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
3068        int delay;
3069        enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
3070        struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
3071        int n_patterns;
3072};
3073
3074/**
3075 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
3076 *
3077 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
3078 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
3079 * @n_rules: number of rules
3080 */
3081struct cfg80211_coalesce {
3082        struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
3083        int n_rules;
3084};
3085
3086/**
3087 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
3088 *
3089 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
3090 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred.  This
3091 *      value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
3092 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
3093 *      occurred (in MHz)
3094 */
3095struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
3096        struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3097        int n_channels;
3098        u32 channels[];
3099};
3100
3101/**
3102 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
3103 *
3104 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
3105 *      @matches.  This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
3106 *      match information.
3107 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
3108 *      the matches that triggered the wake up.
3109 */
3110struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
3111        int n_matches;
3112        struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
3113};
3114
3115/**
3116 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
3117 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
3118 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
3119 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
3120 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
3121 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
3122 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
3123 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
3124 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
3125 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
3126 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
3127 * @packet_80211:  For pattern match, magic packet and other data
3128 *      frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
3129 *      disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
3130 *      it is.
3131 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
3132 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
3133 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
3134 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
3135 */
3136struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
3137        bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
3138             eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
3139             rfkill_release, packet_80211,
3140             tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
3141        s32 pattern_idx;
3142        u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
3143        const void *packet;
3144        struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
3145};
3146
3147/**
3148 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
3149 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes)
3150 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes)
3151 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
3152 * @kek_len: length of kek
3153 * @kck_len length of kck
3154 * @akm: akm (oui, id)
3155 */
3156struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
3157        const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
3158        u32 akm;
3159        u8 kek_len, kck_len;
3160};
3161
3162/**
3163 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
3164 *
3165 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
3166 *
3167 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
3168 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
3169 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
3170 */
3171struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
3172        u16 md;
3173        const u8 *ie;
3174        size_t ie_len;
3175};
3176
3177/**
3178 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
3179 *
3180 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
3181 *
3182 * @chan: channel to use
3183 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
3184 * @wait: duration for ROC
3185 * @buf: buffer to transmit
3186 * @len: buffer length
3187 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
3188 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
3189 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
3190 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
3191 */
3192struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
3193        struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
3194        bool offchan;
3195        unsigned int wait;
3196        const u8 *buf;
3197        size_t len;
3198        bool no_cck;
3199        bool dont_wait_for_ack;
3200        int n_csa_offsets;
3201        const u16 *csa_offsets;
3202};
3203
3204/**
3205 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
3206 *
3207 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
3208 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
3209 */
3210struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
3211        u8 dscp;
3212        u8 up;
3213};
3214
3215/**
3216 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
3217 *
3218 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
3219 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
3220 */
3221struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
3222        u8 low;
3223        u8 high;
3224};
3225
3226/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
3227#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX        21
3228#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN       16
3229#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
3230        (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
3231
3232/**
3233 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
3234 *
3235 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
3236 *
3237 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
3238 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
3239 *      the user priority DSCP range definition
3240 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
3241 */
3242struct cfg80211_qos_map {
3243        u8 num_des;
3244        struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
3245        struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
3246};
3247
3248/**
3249 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
3250 *
3251 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
3252 *
3253 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
3254 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
3255 *      For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
3256 *      (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
3257 */
3258struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
3259        u8 master_pref;
3260        u8 bands;
3261};
3262
3263/**
3264 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
3265 * configuration
3266 *
3267 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
3268 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
3269 */
3270enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
3271        CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
3272        CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
3273};
3274
3275/**
3276 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
3277 *
3278 * @filter: the content of the filter
3279 * @len: the length of the filter
3280 */
3281struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
3282        const u8 *filter;
3283        u8 len;
3284};
3285
3286/**
3287 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
3288 *
3289 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
3290 * @service_id: the service ID of the function
3291 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
3292 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
3293 *      implementation specific.
3294 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
3295 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
3296 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
3297 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
3298 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
3299 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
3300 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
3301 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
3302 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
3303 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
3304 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
3305 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
3306 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
3307 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
3308 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
3309 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
3310 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
3311 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
3312 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
3313 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
3314 */
3315struct cfg80211_nan_func {
3316        enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
3317        u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
3318        u8 publish_type;
3319        bool close_range;
3320        bool publish_bcast;
3321        bool subscribe_active;
3322        u8 followup_id;
3323        u8 followup_reqid;
3324        struct mac_address followup_dest;
3325        u32 ttl;
3326        const u8 *serv_spec_info;
3327        u8 serv_spec_info_len;
3328        bool srf_include;
3329        const u8 *srf_bf;
3330        u8 srf_bf_len;
3331        u8 srf_bf_idx;
3332        struct mac_address *srf_macs;
3333        int srf_num_macs;
3334        struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
3335        struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
3336        u8 num_tx_filters;
3337        u8 num_rx_filters;
3338        u8 instance_id;
3339        u64 cookie;
3340};
3341
3342/**
3343 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
3344 *
3345 * @aa: authenticator address
3346 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
3347 * @pmk: the PMK material
3348 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
3349 *      is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
3350 *      holds PMK-R0.
3351 */
3352struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
3353        const u8 *aa;
3354        u8 pmk_len;
3355        const u8 *pmk;
3356        const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
3357};
3358
3359/**
3360 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
3361 *
3362 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
3363 *
3364 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
3365 *      for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
3366 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
3367 *      to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
3368 *      authentication response command interface.
3369 * @ssid: SSID of the AP.  Used by both the authentication request event and
3370 *      authentication response command interface.
3371 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
3372 *      authentication request event interface.
3373 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
3374 *      use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
3375 *      the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
3376 *      response command interface (user space to driver).
3377 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3378 */
3379struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
3380        enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
3381        u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3382        struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3383        unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
3384        u16 status;
3385        const u8 *pmkid;
3386};
3387
3388/**
3389 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
3390 *
3391 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
3392 *      indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
3393 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
3394 *      answered
3395 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
3396 *      successfully answered
3397 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
3398 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
3399 * @non_asap_num: number of  non-ASAP FTM sessions
3400 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
3401 *      of how much time the responder was busy
3402 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
3403 *      initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
3404 *      the responder
3405 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
3406 *      for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
3407 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
3408 */
3409struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
3410        u32 filled;
3411        u32 success_num;
3412        u32 partial_num;
3413        u32 failed_num;
3414        u32 asap_num;
3415        u32 non_asap_num;
3416        u64 total_duration_ms;
3417        u32 unknown_triggers_num;
3418        u32 reschedule_requests_num;
3419        u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
3420};
3421
3422/**
3423 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
3424 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
3425 *      %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
3426 *      reason than just "failure"
3427 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
3428 *      in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
3429 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
3430 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
3431 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
3432 *      fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
3433 *      by the responder
3434 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
3435 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
3436 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
3437 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
3438 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
3439 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
3440 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
3441 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3442 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3443 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
3444 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
3445 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
3446 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
3447 *      the square root of the variance)
3448 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
3449 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
3450 *      (must have either this or @rtt_avg)
3451 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
3452 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
3453 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
3454 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
3455 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
3456 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
3457 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
3458 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
3459 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
3460 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
3461 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
3462 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
3463 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
3464 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
3465 */
3466struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
3467        const u8 *lci;
3468        const u8 *civicloc;
3469        unsigned int lci_len;
3470        unsigned int civicloc_len;
3471        enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
3472        u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
3473        s16 burst_index;
3474        u8 busy_retry_time;
3475        u8 num_bursts_exp;
3476        u8 burst_duration;
3477        u8 ftms_per_burst;
3478        s32 rssi_avg;
3479        s32 rssi_spread;
3480        struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
3481        s64 rtt_avg;
3482        s64 rtt_variance;
3483        s64 rtt_spread;
3484        s64 dist_avg;
3485        s64 dist_variance;
3486        s64 dist_spread;
3487
3488        u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
3489            num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
3490            rssi_avg_valid:1,
3491            rssi_spread_valid:1,
3492            tx_rate_valid:1,
3493            rx_rate_valid:1,
3494            rtt_avg_valid:1,
3495            rtt_variance_valid:1,
3496            rtt_spread_valid:1,
3497            dist_avg_valid:1,
3498            dist_variance_valid:1,
3499            dist_spread_valid:1;
3500};
3501
3502/**
3503 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3504 * @addr: address of the peer
3505 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3506 *      measurement was made)
3507 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3508 * @status: status of the measurement
3509 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3510 *      reporting partial results always set this flag
3511 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3512 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3513 *      one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3514 *      they're all aggregated for userspace.
3515 */
3516struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
3517        u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
3518        enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
3519
3520        u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3521
3522        u8 final:1,
3523           ap_tsf_valid:1;
3524
3525        enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
3526
3527        union {
3528                struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
3529        };
3530};
3531
3532/**
3533 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3534 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3535 * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3536 * @burst_period: burst period to use
3537 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3538 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3539 * @burst_duration: burst duration
3540 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3541 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3542 * @request_lci: request LCI information
3543 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3544 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement
3545 *               If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
3546 *               EDCA based ranging will be used.
3547 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement
3548 *               If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
3549 *               EDCA based ranging will be used.
3550 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either
3551 *               @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set.
3552 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to
3553 *      indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if
3554 *      @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set.
3555 *
3556 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3557 */
3558struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
3559        enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
3560        u16 burst_period;
3561        u8 requested:1,
3562           asap:1,
3563           request_lci:1,
3564           request_civicloc:1,
3565           trigger_based:1,
3566           non_trigger_based:1,
3567           lmr_feedback:1;
3568        u8 num_bursts_exp;
3569        u8 burst_duration;
3570        u8 ftms_per_burst;
3571        u8 ftmr_retries;
3572        u8 bss_color;
3573};
3574
3575/**
3576 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3577 * @addr: MAC address
3578 * @chandef: channel to use
3579 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3580 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3581 */
3582struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
3583        u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3584        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3585        u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
3586        struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
3587};
3588
3589/**
3590 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3591 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3592 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3593 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3594 *      not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3595 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3596 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3597 *      are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3598 *      be taken from the @mac_addr
3599 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3600 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3601 *      zero it means there's no timeout
3602 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3603 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3604 */
3605struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
3606        u64 cookie;
3607        void *drv_data;
3608        u32 n_peers;
3609        u32 nl_portid;
3610
3611        u32 timeout;
3612
3613        u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3614        u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3615
3616        struct list_head list;
3617
3618        struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
3619};
3620
3621/**
3622 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
3623 *
3624 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
3625 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
3626 *
3627 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
3628 *
3629 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
3630 *      has to be done.
3631 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
3632 *      processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
3633 *      cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
3634 *      OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
3635 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
3636 *      the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
3637 *      the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
3638 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
3639 */
3640struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
3641        u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3642        u16 status;
3643        const u8 *ie;
3644        size_t ie_len;
3645};
3646
3647/**
3648 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data
3649 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
3650 *      for the entire device
3651 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
3652 *      for the given interface
3653 * @global_mcast_rx: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes
3654 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface
3655 *      for these subtypes
3656 */
3657struct mgmt_frame_regs {
3658        u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes;
3659        u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes;
3660};
3661
3662/**
3663 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3664 *
3665 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3666 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3667 *
3668 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3669 * on success or a negative error code.
3670 *
3671 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be
3672 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied
3673 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering,
3674 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers.
3675 *
3676 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3677 *      be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3678 *      configured for the device.
3679 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3680 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3681 *      to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3682 *      the device.
3683 *
3684 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3685 *      must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3686 *      the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3687 *      wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3688 *      also set the address member in the wdev.
3689 *      This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
3690 *
3691 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3692 *      This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
3693 *
3694 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3695 *      keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3696 *      This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
3697 *
3698 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3699 *      when adding a group key.
3700 *
3701 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3702 *      @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3703 *      key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3704 *      after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3705 *      not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3706 *
3707 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3708 *      and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3709 *
3710 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3711 *
3712 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3713 *
3714 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface
3715 *
3716 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3717 *
3718 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3719 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3720 *      interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3721 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3722 *
3723 * @add_station: Add a new station.
3724 * @del_station: Remove a station
3725 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3726 *      validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3727 *      might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3728 *      them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3729 *      cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3730 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3731 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3732 *
3733 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3734 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3735 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3736 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3737 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3738 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3739 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3740 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3741 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3742 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3743 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3744 *
3745 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3746 *
3747 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3748 *      The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3749 *      set, and which to leave alone.
3750 *
3751 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3752 *
3753 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3754 *
3755 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3756 *      as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3757 *      join the mesh instead.
3758 *
3759 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3760 *      interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3761 *      If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3762 *      be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3763 *
3764 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3765 *      the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3766 *      For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3767 *      the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3768 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3769 *      indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3770 *
3771 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3772 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3773 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3774 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3775 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3776 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3777 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3778 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3779 *
3780 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3781 *      call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3782 *      %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3783 *      cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3784 *      from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3785 *      was received.
3786 *      The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3787 *      other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3788 *      by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3789 *      the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3790 *      frame instead of Association Request frame.
3791 *      The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3792 *      specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3793 *      parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3794 *      indication of requesting reassociation.
3795 *      In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3796 *      cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3797 *      cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3798 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3799 *      BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3800 *      subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3801 *      Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3802 *      request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3803 *      BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3804 *      changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3805 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3806 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3807 *      connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3808 *      case connection was already established (invoked with the
3809 *      wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3810 *
3811 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3812 *      cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3813 *      to a merge.
3814 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3815 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3816 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3817 *
3818 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3819 *      MESH mode)
3820 *
3821 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3822 *      @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3823 *      have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3824 *      struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3825 *
3826 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3827 *      the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3828 *      wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3829 *      always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3830 *      (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3831 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3832 *      return 0 if successful
3833 *
3834 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3835 *      functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3836 *
3837 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3838 *
3839 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3840 *      channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3841 *      operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3842 *      ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3843 *      notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3844 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3845 *      This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3846 *      the duration value.
3847 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3848 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3849 *      frame on another channel
3850 *
3851 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3852 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3853 *      used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3854 *      return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3855 *      dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3856 *      was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3857 *      and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3858 *
3859 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3860 *
3861 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3862 *      devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3863 *      RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3864 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3865 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3866 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3867 *      allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3868 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3869 *      After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3870 *      the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3871 *      need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3872 *      disabled.)
3873 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3874 *      connection quality monitor.  An event is to be sent only when the
3875 *      signal level is found to be outside the two values.  The driver should
3876 *      set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3877 *      If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3878 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3879 *      thresholds.
3880 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3881 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3882 *      given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3883 *      for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3884 *      called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3885 *      The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3886 *      stop (when this method returns 0).
3887 *
3888 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame
3889 *      registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3890 *
3891 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3892 *      Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3893 *      reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3894 *      (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3895 *
3896 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3897 *
3898 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3899 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3900 *
3901 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3902 *      later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3903 *
3904 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3905 *
3906 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3907 *      For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3908 *      current monitoring channel.
3909 *
3910 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3911 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3912 *
3913 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3914 *      Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3915 *      and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3916 *      this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3917 *      when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3918 *      advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3919 *
3920 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3921 *
3922 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
3923 *      was finished on another phy.
3924 *
3925 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3926 *      driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3927 *      used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3928 *
3929 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3930 *      for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3931 *      driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3932 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3933 *      reliability. This operation can not fail.
3934 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3935 *
3936 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3937 *      responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3938 *      inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3939 *      with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3940 *      everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3941 *      as soon as possible.
3942 *
3943 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3944 *
3945 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3946 *      given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3947 *      changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3948 *
3949 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3950 *      with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3951 *      userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3952 *      account.
3953 *      If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3954 *      the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3955 *      success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3956 *      with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3957 *      rejected)
3958 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3959 *
3960 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3961 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3962 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3963 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3964 *
3965 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3966 *      is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3967 *      and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3968 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3969 *      peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3970 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3971 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3972 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3973 *      On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3974 *      it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3975 *      should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3976 *      cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3977 *      On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3978 *      provided @nan_func.
3979 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3980 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3981 *      be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3982 *      All other parameters must be ignored.
3983 *
3984 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3985 *
3986 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3987 *      function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3988 *
3989 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3990 *      If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3991 *      upon which the driver should clear it.
3992 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3993 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3994 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3995 *
3996 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3997 *     user space
3998 *
3999 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL).  The noencrypt parameter
4000 *      tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
4001 *
4002 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
4003 *      Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
4004 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
4005 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
4006 *
4007 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
4008 *      but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
4009 *      DH IE through this interface.
4010 *
4011 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
4012 *      and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
4013 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific
4014 *      This callback may sleep.
4015 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the
4016 *      given TIDs. This callback may sleep.
4017 *
4018 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings.
4019 *
4020 * @color_change: Initiate a color change.
4021 */
4022struct cfg80211_ops {
4023        int     (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
4024        int     (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4025        void    (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
4026
4027        struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4028                                                  const char *name,
4029                                                  unsigned char name_assign_type,
4030                                                  enum nl80211_iftype type,
4031                                                  struct vif_params *params);
4032        int     (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4033                                    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4034        int     (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4035                                       struct net_device *dev,
4036                                       enum nl80211_iftype type,
4037                                       struct vif_params *params);
4038
4039        int     (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4040                           u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
4041                           struct key_params *params);
4042        int     (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4043                           u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
4044                           void *cookie,
4045                           void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
4046        int     (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4047                           u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
4048        int     (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4049                                   struct net_device *netdev,
4050                                   u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
4051        int     (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4052                                        struct net_device *netdev,
4053                                        u8 key_index);
4054        int     (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4055                                          struct net_device *netdev,
4056                                          u8 key_index);
4057
4058        int     (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4059                            struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
4060        int     (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4061                                 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
4062        int     (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
4063
4064
4065        int     (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4066                               const u8 *mac,
4067                               struct station_parameters *params);
4068        int     (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4069                               struct station_del_parameters *params);
4070        int     (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4071                                  const u8 *mac,
4072                                  struct station_parameters *params);
4073        int     (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4074                               const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
4075        int     (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4076                                int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
4077
4078        int     (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4079                               const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
4080        int     (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4081                               const u8 *dst);
4082        int     (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4083                                  const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
4084        int     (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4085                             u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
4086        int     (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4087                              int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
4088                              struct mpath_info *pinfo);
4089        int     (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4090                           u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
4091        int     (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4092                            int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
4093                            struct mpath_info *pinfo);
4094        int     (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4095                                struct net_device *dev,
4096                                struct mesh_config *conf);
4097        int     (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4098                                      struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
4099                                      const struct mesh_config *nconf);
4100        int     (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4101                             const struct mesh_config *conf,
4102                             const struct mesh_setup *setup);
4103        int     (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
4104
4105        int     (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4106                            struct ocb_setup *setup);
4107        int     (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
4108
4109        int     (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4110                              struct bss_parameters *params);
4111
4112        int     (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4113                                  struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
4114
4115        int     (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4116                                             struct net_device *dev,
4117                                             struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
4118
4119        int     (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4120                                       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4121
4122        int     (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4123                        struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
4124        void    (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4125
4126        int     (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4127                        struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
4128        int     (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4129                         struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
4130        int     (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4131                          struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
4132        int     (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4133                            struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
4134
4135        int     (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4136                           struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
4137        int     (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4138                                         struct net_device *dev,
4139                                         struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
4140                                         u32 changed);
4141        int     (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4142                              u16 reason_code);
4143
4144        int     (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4145                             struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
4146        int     (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
4147
4148        int     (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4149                                  int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
4150
4151        int     (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
4152
4153        int     (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4154                                enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
4155        int     (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4156                                int *dbm);
4157
4158        void    (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4159
4160#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
4161        int     (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4162                                void *data, int len);
4163        int     (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
4164                                 struct netlink_callback *cb,
4165                                 void *data, int len);
4166#endif
4167
4168        int     (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4169                                    struct net_device *dev,
4170                                    const u8 *peer,
4171                                    const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
4172
4173        int     (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4174                        int idx, struct survey_info *info);
4175
4176        int     (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4177                             struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
4178        int     (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4179                             struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
4180        int     (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
4181
4182        int     (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4183                                     struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4184                                     struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
4185                                     unsigned int duration,
4186                                     u64 *cookie);
4187        int     (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4188                                            struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4189                                            u64 cookie);
4190
4191        int     (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4192                           struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
4193                           u64 *cookie);
4194        int     (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4195                                       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4196                                       u64 cookie);
4197
4198        int     (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4199                                  bool enabled, int timeout);
4200
4201        int     (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4202                                       struct net_device *dev,
4203                                       s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
4204
4205        int     (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4206                                             struct net_device *dev,
4207                                             s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
4208
4209        int     (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4210                                      struct net_device *dev,
4211                                      u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
4212
4213        void    (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4214                                                   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4215                                                   struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd);
4216
4217        int     (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
4218        int     (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
4219
4220        int     (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4221                                struct net_device *dev,
4222                                struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
4223        int     (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4224                                   u64 reqid);
4225
4226        int     (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4227                                  struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
4228
4229        int     (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4230                             const u8 *peer, u8 action_code,  u8 dialog_token,
4231                             u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
4232                             bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4233        int     (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4234                             const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
4235
4236        int     (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4237                                const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
4238
4239        int     (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4240                                  struct net_device *dev,
4241                                  u16 noack_map);
4242
4243        int     (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4244                               struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4245                               struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4246
4247        int     (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4248                                    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4249        void    (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4250                                   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4251
4252        int     (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4253                               const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
4254
4255        int     (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4256                                         struct net_device *dev,
4257                                         struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4258                                         u32 cac_time_ms);
4259        void    (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4260                                struct net_device *dev);
4261        int     (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4262                                 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
4263        int     (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4264                                    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4265                                    enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
4266                                    u16 duration);
4267        void    (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4268                                   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4269        int     (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4270                                struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
4271
4272        int     (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4273                                  struct net_device *dev,
4274                                  struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
4275
4276        int     (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4277                               struct net_device *dev,
4278                               struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
4279
4280        int     (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4281                                    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4282
4283        int     (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4284                             u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
4285                             u16 admitted_time);
4286        int     (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4287                             u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
4288
4289        int     (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4290                                       struct net_device *dev,
4291                                       const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
4292                                       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4293        void    (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4294                                              struct net_device *dev,
4295                                              const u8 *addr);
4296        int     (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4297                             struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4298        void    (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4299        int     (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4300                                struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4301        void    (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4302                               u64 cookie);
4303        int     (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4304                                   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4305                                   struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
4306                                   u32 changes);
4307
4308        int     (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4309                                            struct net_device *dev,
4310                                            const bool enabled);
4311
4312        int     (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4313                                 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4314                                 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
4315
4316        int     (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4317                           const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
4318        int     (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4319                           const u8 *aa);
4320        int     (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4321                                 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
4322
4323        int     (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4324                                   struct net_device *dev,
4325                                   const u8 *buf, size_t len,
4326                                   const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
4327                                   const bool noencrypt,
4328                                   u64 *cookie);
4329
4330        int     (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4331                                struct net_device *dev,
4332                                struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
4333
4334        int     (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4335                              struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4336        void    (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4337                              struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4338        int     (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4339                                   struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
4340        int     (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4341                                   const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4342        int     (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4343                                  struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
4344        int     (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4345                                    const u8 *peer, u8 tids);
4346        int     (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4347                                 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar);
4348        int     (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4349                                struct net_device *dev,
4350                                struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params);
4351};
4352
4353/*
4354 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
4355 * and registration/helper functions
4356 */
4357
4358/**
4359 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
4360 *
4361 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split
4362 *       into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB.
4363 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
4364 *      wiphy at all
4365 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
4366 *      by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
4367 *      on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
4368 *      reason to override the default
4369 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
4370 *      on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
4371 *      supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
4372 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
4373 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
4374 *      control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
4375 *      control_port_no_encrypt flag.
4376 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
4377 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
4378 *      auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
4379 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
4380 *      firmware.
4381 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
4382 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
4383 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
4384 *      link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
4385 *      teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
4386 *      command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
4387 *      used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
4388 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
4389 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
4390 *      when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
4391 *      cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
4392 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
4393 *      responds to probe-requests in hardware.
4394 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
4395 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
4396 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
4397 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
4398 *      beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
4399 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
4400 *      before connection.
4401 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys
4402 */
4403enum wiphy_flags {
4404        WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK         = BIT(0),
4405        /* use hole at 1 */
4406        WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ              = BIT(2),
4407        WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK                     = BIT(3),
4408        WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT             = BIT(4),
4409        WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP                     = BIT(5),
4410        WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION                = BIT(6),
4411        WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL        = BIT(7),
4412        WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN                     = BIT(8),
4413        WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH                    = BIT(10),
4414        /* use hole at 11 */
4415        /* use hole at 12 */
4416        WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM             = BIT(13),
4417        WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD                     = BIT(14),
4418        WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS                = BIT(15),
4419        WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP          = BIT(16),
4420        WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME                  = BIT(17),
4421        WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS                 = BIT(18),
4422        WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD        = BIT(19),
4423        WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX                   = BIT(20),
4424        WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL        = BIT(21),
4425        WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ            = BIT(22),
4426        WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH           = BIT(23),
4427        WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP               = BIT(24),
4428};
4429
4430/**
4431 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
4432 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
4433 * @types: interface types (bits)
4434 */
4435struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
4436        u16 max;
4437        u16 types;
4438};
4439
4440/**
4441 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
4442 *
4443 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
4444 * combinations it supports concurrently.
4445 *
4446 * Examples:
4447 *
4448 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
4449 *
4450 *    .. code-block:: c
4451 *
4452 *      struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
4453 *              { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4454 *              { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
4455 *      };
4456 *      struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
4457 *              .limits = limits1,
4458 *              .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
4459 *              .max_interfaces = 2,
4460 *              .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
4461 *      };
4462 *
4463 *
4464 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
4465 *
4466 *    .. code-block:: c
4467 *
4468 *      struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
4469 *              { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
4470 *                                   BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
4471 *      };
4472 *      struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
4473 *              .limits = limits2,
4474 *              .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
4475 *              .max_interfaces = 8,
4476 *              .num_different_channels = 1,
4477 *      };
4478 *
4479 *
4480 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
4481 *
4482 *    This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
4483 *
4484 *    .. code-block:: c
4485 *
4486 *      struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
4487 *              { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4488 *              { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
4489 *                                   BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
4490 *      };
4491 *      struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
4492 *              .limits = limits3,
4493 *              .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
4494 *              .max_interfaces = 4,
4495 *              .num_different_channels = 2,
4496 *      };
4497 *
4498 */
4499struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
4500        /**
4501         * @limits:
4502         * limits for the given interface types
4503         */
4504        const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
4505
4506        /**
4507         * @num_different_channels:
4508         * can use up to this many different channels
4509         */
4510        u32 num_different_channels;
4511
4512        /**
4513         * @max_interfaces:
4514         * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
4515         */
4516        u16 max_interfaces;
4517
4518        /**
4519         * @n_limits:
4520         * number of limitations
4521         */
4522        u8 n_limits;
4523
4524        /**
4525         * @beacon_int_infra_match:
4526         * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
4527         * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
4528         */
4529        bool beacon_int_infra_match;
4530
4531        /**
4532         * @radar_detect_widths:
4533         * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
4534         */
4535        u8 radar_detect_widths;
4536
4537        /**
4538         * @radar_detect_regions:
4539         * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
4540         */
4541        u8 radar_detect_regions;
4542
4543        /**
4544         * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
4545         * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
4546         *
4547         * = 0
4548         *   all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
4549         * > 0
4550         *   any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
4551         *   GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
4552         *   combination must be greater or equal to this value.
4553         */
4554        u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
4555};
4556
4557struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
4558        u16 tx, rx;
4559};
4560
4561/**
4562 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
4563 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
4564 *      trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
4565 *      wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
4566 *      received packet that passed filtering; note that the
4567 *      packet should be preserved in that case
4568 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
4569 *      (see nl80211.h)
4570 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4571 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
4572 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
4573 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
4574 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
4575 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4576 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
4577 */
4578enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
4579        WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY                = BIT(0),
4580        WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT          = BIT(1),
4581        WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT         = BIT(2),
4582        WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
4583        WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE  = BIT(4),
4584        WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ   = BIT(5),
4585        WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE     = BIT(6),
4586        WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE     = BIT(7),
4587        WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT         = BIT(8),
4588};
4589
4590struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
4591        const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
4592        u32 data_payload_max;
4593        u32 data_interval_max;
4594        u32 wake_payload_max;
4595        bool seq;
4596};
4597
4598/**
4599 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
4600 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
4601 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4602 *      (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4603 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4604 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4605 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4606 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4607 *      similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4608 *      scheduled scans.
4609 *      See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4610 *      details.
4611 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4612 */
4613struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
4614        u32 flags;
4615        int n_patterns;
4616        int pattern_max_len;
4617        int pattern_min_len;
4618        int max_pkt_offset;
4619        int max_nd_match_sets;
4620        const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
4621};
4622
4623/**
4624 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4625 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4626 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4627 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4628 *      (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4629 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4630 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4631 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4632 */
4633struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
4634        int n_rules;
4635        int max_delay;
4636        int n_patterns;
4637        int pattern_max_len;
4638        int pattern_min_len;
4639        int max_pkt_offset;
4640};
4641
4642/**
4643 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4644 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4645 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4646 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4647 *      (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4648 */
4649enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
4650        WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
4651        WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
4652        WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
4653};
4654
4655/**
4656 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4657 *
4658 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4659 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4660 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4661 *
4662 */
4663enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
4664        STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED       = BIT(0),
4665        STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED    = BIT(1),
4666        STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED         = BIT(2),
4667};
4668
4669/**
4670 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4671 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4672 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4673 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4674 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4675 */
4676
4677struct sta_opmode_info {
4678        u32 changed;
4679        enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
4680        enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
4681        u8 rx_nss;
4682};
4683
4684#define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
4685
4686/**
4687 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4688 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4689 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4690 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4691 *      flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4692 *      pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4693 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4694 *      @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4695 *      dumpit calls.
4696 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
4697 *      Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
4698 *      attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
4699 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
4700 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4701 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4702 * are used with dump requests.
4703 */
4704struct wiphy_vendor_command {
4705        struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
4706        u32 flags;
4707        int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4708                    const void *data, int data_len);
4709        int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4710                      struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
4711                      unsigned long *storage);
4712        const struct nla_policy *policy;
4713        unsigned int maxattr;
4714};
4715
4716/**
4717 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4718 * @iftype: interface type
4719 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4720 *      additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4721 *      802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4722 *      in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4723 *      802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4724 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4725 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4726 */
4727struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
4728        enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4729        const u8 *extended_capabilities;
4730        const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
4731        u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4732};
4733
4734/**
4735 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4736 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4737 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4738 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4739 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4740 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4741 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4742 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4743 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4744 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4745 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4746 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4747 *      (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4748 *      forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4749 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4750 *      not limited)
4751 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported
4752 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
4753 */
4754struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
4755        unsigned int max_peers;
4756        u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
4757           randomize_mac_addr:1;
4758
4759        struct {
4760                u32 preambles;
4761                u32 bandwidths;
4762                s8 max_bursts_exponent;
4763                u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
4764                u8 supported:1,
4765                   asap:1,
4766                   non_asap:1,
4767                   request_lci:1,
4768                   request_civicloc:1,
4769                   trigger_based:1,
4770                   non_trigger_based:1;
4771        } ftm;
4772};
4773
4774/**
4775 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm
4776 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the
4777 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites.
4778 *
4779 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types
4780 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites
4781 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4782 */
4783struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites {
4784        u16 iftypes_mask;
4785        const u32 *akm_suites;
4786        int n_akm_suites;
4787};
4788
4789/**
4790 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4791 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device
4792 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4793 *      note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4794 *      the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4795 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4796 *      the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4797 *      on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4798 *      regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4799 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4800 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4801 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4802 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if
4803 *      the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in
4804 *      iftype_akm_suites.
4805 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4806 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type.
4807 *      Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot
4808 *      overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all
4809 *      instances of iftype_akm_suites).
4810 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm
4811 *      suites are specified separately.
4812 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4813 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4814 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4815 *      -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4816 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4817 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4818 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4819 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4820 *      set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4821 *      four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4822 *      variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4823 *      interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4824 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4825 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4826 *      to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4827 *      by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4828 *      all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4829 *      the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4830 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4831 *      unregister hardware
4832 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>).
4833 *      It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames
4834 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in
4835 *      /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev()
4836 *      (see below).
4837 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4838 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4839 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4840 *      must be set by driver
4841 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4842 *      list single interface types.
4843 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4844 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4845 *      subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4846 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4847 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4848 *      &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4849 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4850 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4851 *      &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4852 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4853 *      this variable determines its size
4854 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4855 *      any given scan
4856 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4857 *      the device can run concurrently.
4858 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4859 *      for in any given scheduled scan
4860 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4861 *      when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4862 *      supported.
4863 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4864 *      add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4865 *      include fixed IEs like supported rates
4866 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4867 *      scans
4868 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4869 *      of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4870 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4871 *      single scan plan supported by the device.
4872 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4873 *      scan plan supported by the device.
4874 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4875 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4876 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4877 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4878 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4879 *      wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4880 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4881 *
4882 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4883 *      transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4884 *      type
4885 *
4886 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4887 *      configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4888 *      rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4889 *
4890 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4891 *      configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4892 *      rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4893 *
4894 * @probe_resp_offload:
4895 *       Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4896 *       See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4897 *       when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4898 *
4899 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4900 *      may request, if implemented.
4901 *
4902 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4903 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4904 *      used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4905 *      to the suspend() operation instead.
4906 *
4907 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4908 * @ht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4909 *      If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4910 * @vht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4911 *      If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4912 *
4913 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4914 *      not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4915 *
4916 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4917 *      supports for ACL.
4918 *
4919 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4920 *      additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4921 *      the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4922 *      and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4923 *      802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4924 *      extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4925 *      for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4926 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4927 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4928 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4929 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4930 *      capabilities are specified separately.
4931 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4932 *
4933 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4934 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4935 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4936 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4937 *
4938 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4939 *      (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4940 *      driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4941 *      some cases, but may not always reach.
4942 *
4943 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4944 *      and probe responses.  This value should be set if the driver
4945 *      wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4946 *      infinite.
4947 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4948 *      by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4949 *      attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4950 *
4951 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4952 *      bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.  For instance, for
4953 *      NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4954 *      (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4955 *
4956 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4957 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4958 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4959 *
4960 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using
4961 *      wake_tx_queue
4962 *
4963 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4964 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4965 *      HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4966 *      @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4967 *
4968 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4969 *
4970 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the
4971 *      device has
4972 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4973 *      supported by the driver for each vif
4974 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4975 *      supported by the driver for each peer
4976 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for
4977 *      long/short retry configuration
4978 *
4979 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for
4980 *      configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and
4981 *      %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes
4982 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities
4983 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure
4984 */
4985struct wiphy {
4986        struct mutex mtx;
4987
4988        /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4989
4990        u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
4991        u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
4992
4993        struct mac_address *addresses;
4994
4995        const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
4996
4997        const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
4998        int n_iface_combinations;
4999        u16 software_iftypes;
5000
5001        u16 n_addresses;
5002
5003        /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
5004        u16 interface_modes;
5005
5006        u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
5007
5008        u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
5009        u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
5010
5011        u32 ap_sme_capa;
5012
5013        enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
5014
5015        int bss_priv_size;
5016        u8 max_scan_ssids;
5017        u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
5018        u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
5019        u8 max_match_sets;
5020        u16 max_scan_ie_len;
5021        u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
5022        u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
5023        u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
5024        u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
5025
5026        int n_cipher_suites;
5027        const u32 *cipher_suites;
5028
5029        int n_akm_suites;
5030        const u32 *akm_suites;
5031
5032        const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites;
5033        unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites;
5034
5035        u8 retry_short;
5036        u8 retry_long;
5037        u32 frag_threshold;
5038        u32 rts_threshold;
5039        u8 coverage_class;
5040
5041        char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
5042        u32 hw_version;
5043
5044#ifdef CONFIG_PM
5045        const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
5046        struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
5047#endif
5048
5049        u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
5050
5051        u8 max_num_pmkids;
5052
5053        u32 available_antennas_tx;
5054        u32 available_antennas_rx;
5055
5056        u32 probe_resp_offload;
5057
5058        const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
5059        u8 extended_capabilities_len;
5060
5061        const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
5062        unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
5063
5064        const void *privid;
5065
5066        struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
5067
5068        void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5069                             struct regulatory_request *request);
5070
5071        /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
5072
5073        const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
5074
5075        struct device dev;
5076
5077        bool registered;
5078
5079        struct dentry *debugfsdir;
5080
5081        const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
5082        const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
5083
5084        struct list_head wdev_list;
5085
5086        possible_net_t _net;
5087
5088#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
5089        const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
5090#endif
5091
5092        const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
5093
5094        const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
5095        const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
5096        int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
5097
5098        u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
5099
5100        u8 max_num_csa_counters;
5101
5102        u32 bss_select_support;
5103
5104        u8 nan_supported_bands;
5105
5106        u32 txq_limit;
5107        u32 txq_memory_limit;
5108        u32 txq_quantum;
5109
5110        unsigned long tx_queue_len;
5111
5112        u8 support_mbssid:1,
5113           support_only_he_mbssid:1;
5114
5115        const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
5116
5117        struct {
5118                u64 peer, vif;
5119                u8 max_retry;
5120        } tid_config_support;
5121
5122        u8 max_data_retry_count;
5123
5124        const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa;
5125
5126        struct rfkill *rfkill;
5127
5128        char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
5129};
5130
5131static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5132{
5133        return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
5134}
5135
5136static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
5137{
5138        write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
5139}
5140
5141/**
5142 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
5143 *
5144 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
5145 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
5146 */
5147static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5148{
5149        BUG_ON(!wiphy);
5150        return &wiphy->priv;
5151}
5152
5153/**
5154 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
5155 *
5156 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
5157 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
5158 */
5159static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
5160{
5161        BUG_ON(!priv);
5162        return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
5163}
5164
5165/**
5166 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
5167 *
5168 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
5169 * @dev: The device to parent it to
5170 */
5171static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
5172{
5173        wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
5174}
5175
5176/**
5177 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
5178 *
5179 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
5180 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
5181 */
5182static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5183{
5184        return wiphy->dev.parent;
5185}
5186
5187/**
5188 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
5189 *
5190 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
5191 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
5192 */
5193static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
5194{
5195        return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
5196}
5197
5198/**
5199 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
5200 *
5201 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
5202 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
5203 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
5204 *      NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
5205 *
5206 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
5207 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
5208 *
5209 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
5210 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
5211 */
5212struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
5213                           const char *requested_name);
5214
5215/**
5216 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
5217 *
5218 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
5219 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
5220 *
5221 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
5222 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
5223 *
5224 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
5225 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
5226 */
5227static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
5228                                      int sizeof_priv)
5229{
5230        return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
5231}
5232
5233/**
5234 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
5235 *
5236 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
5237 *
5238 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
5239 */
5240int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5241
5242/* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */
5243#define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx)
5244
5245/**
5246 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking
5247 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
5248 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
5249 *
5250 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock()
5251 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference().
5252 */
5253#define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p)                         \
5254        rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
5255
5256/**
5257 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx
5258 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
5259 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
5260 *
5261 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the
5262 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates.
5263 */
5264#define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p)                             \
5265        rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
5266
5267/**
5268 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy
5269 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from
5270 */
5271const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5272
5273/**
5274 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
5275 *
5276 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
5277 *
5278 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
5279 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
5280 * request that is being handled.
5281 */
5282void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5283
5284/**
5285 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
5286 *
5287 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
5288 */
5289void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5290
5291/* internal structs */
5292struct cfg80211_conn;
5293struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
5294struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
5295struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
5296
5297/**
5298 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy
5299 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock
5300 *
5301 * This is mostly exposed so it can be done around registering and
5302 * unregistering netdevs that aren't created through cfg80211 calls,
5303 * since that requires locking in cfg80211 when the notifiers is
5304 * called, but that cannot differentiate which way it's called.
5305 *
5306 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked.
5307 */
5308static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5309        __acquires(&wiphy->mtx)
5310{
5311        mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx);
5312        __acquire(&wiphy->mtx);
5313}
5314
5315/**
5316 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again
5317 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock
5318 */
5319static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5320        __releases(&wiphy->mtx)
5321{
5322        __release(&wiphy->mtx);
5323        mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx);
5324}
5325
5326/**
5327 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
5328 *
5329 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
5330 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
5331 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
5332 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
5333 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device,
5334 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or
5335 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops
5336 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.)
5337 *
5338 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
5339 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
5340 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
5341 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
5342 *
5343 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
5344 * @iftype: interface type
5345 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211
5346 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock
5347 *      for the notifier
5348 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
5349 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
5350 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
5351 *      wireless device if it has no netdev
5352 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5353 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
5354 *      the user-set channel definition.
5355 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
5356 *      track the channel to be used for AP later
5357 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5358 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5359 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5360 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5361 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5362 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
5363 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
5364 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
5365 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
5366 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
5367 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
5368 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
5369 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
5370 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
5371 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
5372 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
5373 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
5374 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
5375 *      set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
5376 *      netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
5377 *      by cfg80211 on change_interface
5378 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
5379 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated,
5380 *      need to propagate the update to the driver
5381 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
5382 *      and some API functions require it held
5383 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
5384 *      beacons, 0 when not valid
5385 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
5386 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
5387 *      the P2P Device.
5388 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
5389 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
5390 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
5391 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
5392 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
5393 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
5394 *      registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
5395 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
5396 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
5397 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
5398 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
5399 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
5400 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
5401 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
5402 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
5403 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
5404 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
5405 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
5406 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
5407 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
5408 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
5409 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
5410 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
5411 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last
5412 *      unprotected beacon report
5413 */
5414struct wireless_dev {
5415        struct wiphy *wiphy;
5416        enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
5417
5418        /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
5419        struct list_head list;
5420        struct net_device *netdev;
5421
5422        u32 identifier;
5423
5424        struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
5425        u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1;
5426
5427        struct mutex mtx;
5428
5429        bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering;
5430
5431        u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
5432
5433        /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
5434        u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
5435        u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
5436        struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
5437        struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
5438        enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
5439        u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
5440
5441        struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
5442        u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5443
5444        struct list_head event_list;
5445        spinlock_t event_lock;
5446
5447        struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
5448        struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
5449        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
5450
5451        bool ibss_fixed;
5452        bool ibss_dfs_possible;
5453
5454        bool ps;
5455        int ps_timeout;
5456
5457        int beacon_interval;
5458
5459        u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
5460
5461        u32 owner_nlportid;
5462        bool nl_owner_dead;
5463
5464        bool cac_started;
5465        unsigned long cac_start_time;
5466        unsigned int cac_time_ms;
5467
5468#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
5469        /* wext data */
5470        struct {
5471                struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
5472                struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
5473                struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
5474                const u8 *ie;
5475                size_t ie_len;
5476                u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5477                u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5478                u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
5479                s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
5480                bool prev_bssid_valid;
5481        } wext;
5482#endif
5483
5484        struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
5485
5486        struct list_head pmsr_list;
5487        spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
5488        struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
5489
5490        unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported;
5491};
5492
5493static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5494{
5495        if (wdev->netdev)
5496                return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
5497        return wdev->address;
5498}
5499
5500static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5501{
5502        if (wdev->netdev)
5503                return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
5504        return wdev->is_running;
5505}
5506
5507/**
5508 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
5509 *
5510 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
5511 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
5512 */
5513static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5514{
5515        BUG_ON(!wdev);
5516        return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
5517}
5518
5519/**
5520 * DOC: Utility functions
5521 *
5522 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
5523 */
5524
5525/**
5526 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel
5527 *
5528 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel
5529 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel
5530 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b
5531 */
5532static inline bool
5533ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a,
5534                        struct ieee80211_channel *b)
5535{
5536        return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq &&
5537                a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset);
5538}
5539
5540/**
5541 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz
5542 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert
5543 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz)
5544 */
5545static inline u32
5546ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
5547{
5548        return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset;
5549}
5550
5551/**
5552 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan
5553 *
5554 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ
5555 * @chan: channel
5556 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq
5557 */
5558enum nl80211_chan_width
5559ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
5560
5561/**
5562 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency
5563 * @chan: channel number
5564 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5565 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5566 */
5567u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
5568
5569/**
5570 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
5571 * @chan: channel number
5572 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5573 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5574 */
5575static inline int
5576ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band)
5577{
5578        return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band));
5579}
5580
5581/**
5582 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5583 * @freq: center frequency in KHz
5584 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5585 */
5586int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq);
5587
5588/**
5589 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5590 * @freq: center frequency in MHz
5591 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5592 */
5593static inline int
5594ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq)
5595{
5596        return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
5597}
5598
5599/**
5600 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified
5601 * frequency
5602 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5603 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel
5604 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5605 */
5606struct ieee80211_channel *
5607ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq);
5608
5609/**
5610 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
5611 *
5612 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5613 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel
5614 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5615 */
5616static inline struct ieee80211_channel *
5617ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq)
5618{
5619        return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
5620}
5621
5622/**
5623 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC
5624 * @chan: control channel to check
5625 *
5626 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in
5627 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3
5628 */
5629static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
5630{
5631        if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ)
5632                return false;
5633
5634        return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5;
5635}
5636
5637/**
5638 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
5639 *
5640 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5641 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
5642 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
5643 *
5644 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
5645 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
5646 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
5647 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
5648 */
5649const struct ieee80211_rate *
5650ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5651                            u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
5652
5653/**
5654 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
5655 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5656 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
5657 *
5658 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
5659 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
5660 */
5661u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5662                              enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
5663
5664/*
5665 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
5666 *
5667 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
5668 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst
5669 */
5670
5671struct radiotap_align_size {
5672        uint8_t align:4, size:4;
5673};
5674
5675struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
5676        const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
5677        int n_bits;
5678        uint32_t oui;
5679        uint8_t subns;
5680};
5681
5682struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
5683        const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
5684        int n_ns;
5685};
5686
5687/**
5688 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
5689 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
5690 *      to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
5691 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
5692 *      call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
5693 *      ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
5694 *      the beginning of the actual data portion
5695 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
5696 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
5697 *      (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
5698 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
5699 *      radiotap namespace or not
5700 *
5701 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
5702 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
5703 * @_arg_index: next argument index
5704 * @_arg: next argument pointer
5705 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
5706 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
5707 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
5708 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
5709 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
5710 *      next bitmap word
5711 *
5712 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
5713 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
5714 */
5715
5716struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
5717        struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
5718        const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
5719        const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
5720
5721        unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
5722        __le32 *_next_bitmap;
5723
5724        unsigned char *this_arg;
5725        int this_arg_index;
5726        int this_arg_size;
5727
5728        int is_radiotap_ns;
5729
5730        int _max_length;
5731        int _arg_index;
5732        uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
5733        int _reset_on_ext;
5734};
5735
5736int
5737ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
5738                                 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
5739                                 int max_length,
5740                                 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
5741
5742int
5743ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
5744
5745
5746extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
5747extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
5748
5749/**
5750 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
5751 *
5752 * @skb: the frame
5753 *
5754 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5755 * returns the 802.11 header length.
5756 *
5757 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
5758 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
5759 * 802.11 header.
5760 */
5761unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
5762
5763/**
5764 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
5765 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5766 * Return: The header length in bytes.
5767 */
5768unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
5769
5770/**
5771 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
5772 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
5773 *      (first byte) will be accessed
5774 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5775 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
5776 */
5777unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
5778
5779/**
5780 * DOC: Data path helpers
5781 *
5782 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
5783 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
5784 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
5785 */
5786
5787/**
5788 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5789 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5790 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
5791 *      of it being pushed into the SKB
5792 * @addr: the device MAC address
5793 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5794 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5795 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5796 */
5797int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
5798                                  const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5799                                  u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu);
5800
5801/**
5802 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5803 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5804 * @addr: the device MAC address
5805 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5806 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5807 */
5808static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
5809                                         enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
5810{
5811        return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false);
5812}
5813
5814/**
5815 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5816 *
5817 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5818 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5819 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5820 *
5821 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5822 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5823 *      initialized by the caller.
5824 * @addr: The device MAC address.
5825 * @iftype: The device interface type.
5826 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5827 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5828 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5829 */
5830void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
5831                              const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5832                              const unsigned int extra_headroom,
5833                              const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
5834
5835/**
5836 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5837 * @skb: the data frame
5838 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5839 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5840 */
5841unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
5842                                    struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
5843
5844/**
5845 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5846 *
5847 * @eid: element ID
5848 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5849 * @len: length of data
5850 * @match: byte array to match
5851 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5852 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5853 *      Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5854 *      the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5855 *      the data portion instead.
5856 *
5857 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5858 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5859 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5860 * requested element struct.
5861 *
5862 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5863 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5864 * byte array to match.
5865 */
5866const struct element *
5867cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5868                         const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5869                         unsigned int match_offset);
5870
5871/**
5872 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5873 *
5874 * @eid: element ID
5875 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5876 * @len: length of data
5877 * @match: byte array to match
5878 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5879 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5880 *      If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5881 *      Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5882 *      byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5883 *      the second byte is the IE length.
5884 *
5885 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5886 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5887 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5888 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5889 * element ID.
5890 *
5891 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5892 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5893 * byte array to match.
5894 */
5895static inline const u8 *
5896cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5897                       const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5898                       unsigned int match_offset)
5899{
5900        /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5901         * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5902         */
5903        if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
5904                    (!match_len && match_offset)))
5905                return NULL;
5906
5907        return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
5908                                                match, match_len,
5909                                                match_offset ?
5910                                                        match_offset - 2 : 0);
5911}
5912
5913/**
5914 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5915 *
5916 * @eid: element ID
5917 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5918 * @len: length of data
5919 *
5920 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5921 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5922 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5923 * requested element struct.
5924 *
5925 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5926 * having to fit into the given data.
5927 */
5928static inline const struct element *
5929cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5930{
5931        return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5932}
5933
5934/**
5935 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5936 *
5937 * @eid: element ID
5938 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5939 * @len: length of data
5940 *
5941 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5942 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5943 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5944 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5945 *
5946 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5947 * having to fit into the given data.
5948 */
5949static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5950{
5951        return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5952}
5953
5954/**
5955 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5956 *
5957 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5958 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5959 * @len: length of data
5960 *
5961 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5962 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5963 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5964 * requested element struct.
5965 *
5966 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5967 * having to fit into the given data.
5968 */
5969static inline const struct element *
5970cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5971{
5972        return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5973                                        &ext_eid, 1, 0);
5974}
5975
5976/**
5977 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5978 *
5979 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5980 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5981 * @len: length of data
5982 *
5983 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5984 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5985 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5986 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5987 *
5988 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5989 * having to fit into the given data.
5990 */
5991static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5992{
5993        return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5994                                      &ext_eid, 1, 2);
5995}
5996
5997/**
5998 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
5999 *
6000 * @oui: vendor OUI
6001 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
6002 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6003 * @len: length of data
6004 *
6005 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
6006 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
6007 * return the element structure for the requested element.
6008 *
6009 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
6010 * the given data.
6011 */
6012const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
6013                                                const u8 *ies,
6014                                                unsigned int len);
6015
6016/**
6017 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
6018 *
6019 * @oui: vendor OUI
6020 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
6021 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6022 * @len: length of data
6023 *
6024 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
6025 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
6026 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
6027 * element ID.
6028 *
6029 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
6030 * the given data.
6031 */
6032static inline const u8 *
6033cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
6034                        const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
6035{
6036        return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
6037}
6038
6039/**
6040 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
6041 *
6042 * @dev: network device
6043 * @addr: STA MAC address
6044 *
6045 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
6046 * devices upon STA association.
6047 */
6048void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
6049
6050/**
6051 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
6052 *
6053 * TODO
6054 */
6055
6056/**
6057 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
6058 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
6059 *      conflicts)
6060 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
6061 *      should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
6062 *      set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
6063 *      alpha2.
6064 *
6065 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
6066 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
6067 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
6068 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
6069 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
6070 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
6071 *
6072 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
6073 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
6074 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
6075 *
6076 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
6077 * an -ENOMEM.
6078 *
6079 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
6080 */
6081int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
6082
6083/**
6084 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
6085 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
6086 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
6087 *
6088 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
6089 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
6090 * information.
6091 *
6092 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
6093 */
6094int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6095                              struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
6096
6097/**
6098 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers
6099 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
6100 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
6101 *
6102 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and
6103 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details
6104 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
6105 *
6106 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
6107 */
6108int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6109                                   struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
6110
6111/**
6112 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
6113 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
6114 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
6115 *
6116 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
6117 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
6118 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
6119 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
6120 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
6121 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
6122 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
6123 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
6124 * that called this helper.
6125 */
6126void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6127                                   const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
6128
6129/**
6130 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
6131 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
6132 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
6133 *
6134 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
6135 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
6136 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
6137 * and processed already.
6138 *
6139 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
6140 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
6141 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
6142 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
6143 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
6144 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
6145 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
6146 */
6147const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6148                                               u32 center_freq);
6149
6150/**
6151 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
6152 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
6153 *
6154 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
6155 * proper string representation.
6156 */
6157const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
6158
6159/**
6160 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
6161 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
6162 *
6163 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
6164 */
6165bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6166
6167/**
6168 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
6169 *
6170 */
6171
6172/**
6173 * reg_query_regdb_wmm -  Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
6174 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
6175 *
6176 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
6177 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
6178 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
6179 *
6180 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to  query
6181 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
6182 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
6183 *
6184 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
6185 * an -ENODATA.
6186 *
6187 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
6188 */
6189int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
6190                        struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
6191
6192/*
6193 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
6194 * functions and BSS handling helpers
6195 */
6196
6197/**
6198 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
6199 *
6200 * @request: the corresponding scan request
6201 * @info: information about the completed scan
6202 */
6203void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
6204                        struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
6205
6206/**
6207 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
6208 *
6209 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
6210 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
6211 */
6212void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
6213
6214/**
6215 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
6216 *
6217 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
6218 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
6219 *
6220 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
6221 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
6222 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
6223 */
6224void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
6225
6226/**
6227 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
6228 *
6229 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
6230 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
6231 *
6232 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
6233 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
6234 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
6235 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held.
6236 */
6237void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
6238
6239/**
6240 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
6241 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
6242 * @data: the BSS metadata
6243 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
6244 * @len: length of the management frame
6245 * @gfp: context flags
6246 *
6247 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
6248 * the BSS should be updated/added.
6249 *
6250 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
6251 * Or %NULL on error.
6252 */
6253struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
6254cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6255                               struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
6256                               struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
6257                               gfp_t gfp);
6258
6259static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
6260cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6261                                struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
6262                                enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
6263                                struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
6264                                s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
6265{
6266        struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
6267                .chan = rx_channel,
6268                .scan_width = scan_width,
6269                .signal = signal,
6270        };
6271
6272        return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
6273}
6274
6275static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
6276cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6277                          struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
6278                          struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
6279                          s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
6280{
6281        struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
6282                .chan = rx_channel,
6283                .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
6284                .signal = signal,
6285        };
6286
6287        return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
6288}
6289
6290/**
6291 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
6292 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
6293 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
6294 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
6295 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
6296 */
6297static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
6298                                          u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
6299{
6300        u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
6301        u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
6302        u64 new_bssid_u64;
6303
6304        new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
6305
6306        new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
6307
6308        u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
6309}
6310
6311/**
6312 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
6313 * @element: element to check
6314 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
6315 */
6316bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
6317                                   const struct element *non_inherit_element);
6318
6319/**
6320 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
6321 * @ie: ies
6322 * @ielen: length of IEs
6323 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
6324 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
6325 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
6326 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
6327 */
6328size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
6329                              const struct element *mbssid_elem,
6330                              const struct element *sub_elem,
6331                              u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
6332
6333/**
6334 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
6335 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
6336 *      from a beacon or probe response
6337 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
6338 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
6339 */
6340enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
6341        CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
6342        CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
6343        CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
6344};
6345
6346/**
6347 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
6348 *
6349 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
6350 * @data: the BSS metadata
6351 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
6352 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
6353 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
6354 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
6355 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
6356 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
6357 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
6358 * @gfp: context flags
6359 *
6360 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
6361 * the BSS should be updated/added.
6362 *
6363 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
6364 * Or %NULL on error.
6365 */
6366struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
6367cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6368                         struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
6369                         enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
6370                         const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
6371                         u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
6372                         gfp_t gfp);
6373
6374static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
6375cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6376                          struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
6377                          enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
6378                          enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
6379                          const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
6380                          u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
6381                          s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
6382{
6383        struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
6384                .chan = rx_channel,
6385                .scan_width = scan_width,
6386                .signal = signal,
6387        };
6388
6389        return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
6390                                        capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
6391                                        gfp);
6392}
6393
6394static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
6395cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6396                    struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
6397                    enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
6398                    const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
6399                    u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
6400                    s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
6401{
6402        struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
6403                .chan = rx_channel,
6404                .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
6405                .signal = signal,
6406        };
6407
6408        return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
6409                                        capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
6410                                        gfp);
6411}
6412
6413/**
6414 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
6415 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6416 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
6417 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
6418 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
6419 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
6420 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
6421 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
6422 */
6423struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6424                                      struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
6425                                      const u8 *bssid,
6426                                      const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
6427                                      enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
6428                                      enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
6429static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
6430cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6431                  struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
6432                  const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
6433{
6434        return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
6435                                IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
6436                                IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
6437}
6438
6439/**
6440 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
6441 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6442 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
6443 *
6444 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
6445 */
6446void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6447
6448/**
6449 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
6450 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6451 * @bss: the BSS struct
6452 *
6453 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
6454 */
6455void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6456
6457/**
6458 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
6459 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6460 * @bss: the bss to remove
6461 *
6462 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
6463 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
6464 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
6465 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
6466 */
6467void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6468
6469/**
6470 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
6471 *
6472 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
6473 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
6474 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
6475 *
6476 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6477 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
6478 *     of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
6479 * @iter: the iterator function to call
6480 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
6481 */
6482void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6483                       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6484                       void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6485                                    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
6486                                    void *data),
6487                       void *iter_data);
6488
6489static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
6490cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
6491{
6492        switch (chandef->width) {
6493        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
6494                return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
6495        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
6496                return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
6497        default:
6498                return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
6499        }
6500}
6501
6502/**
6503 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
6504 * @dev: network device
6505 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
6506 * @len: length of the frame data
6507 *
6508 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
6509 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
6510 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
6511 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6512 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6513 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6514 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
6515 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
6516 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
6517 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
6518 *
6519 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6520 */
6521void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6522
6523/**
6524 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
6525 * @dev: network device
6526 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
6527 *
6528 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
6529 * mutex.
6530 */
6531void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
6532
6533/**
6534 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
6535 * @dev: network device
6536 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
6537 *      moves to cfg80211 in this call
6538 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
6539 * @len: length of the frame data
6540 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
6541 *      as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
6542 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
6543 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
6544 *
6545 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6546 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6547 *
6548 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6549 */
6550void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
6551                            struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
6552                            const u8 *buf, size_t len,
6553                            int uapsd_queues,
6554                            const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len);
6555
6556/**
6557 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
6558 * @dev: network device
6559 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
6560 *
6561 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6562 */
6563void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6564
6565/**
6566 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
6567 * @dev: network device
6568 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
6569 *
6570 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
6571 * an association attempt was abandoned.
6572 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6573 */
6574void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6575
6576/**
6577 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
6578 * @dev: network device
6579 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
6580 * @len: length of the frame data
6581 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute)
6582 *
6583 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
6584 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
6585 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
6586 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
6587 */
6588void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
6589                           bool reconnect);
6590
6591/**
6592 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
6593 * @dev: network device
6594 * @buf: received management frame (header + body)
6595 * @len: length of the frame data
6596 *
6597 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
6598 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
6599 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon
6600 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while
6601 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
6602 *
6603 * This function may sleep.
6604 */
6605void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
6606                                  const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6607
6608/**
6609 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
6610 * @dev: network device
6611 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
6612 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
6613 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
6614 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
6615 * @gfp: allocation flags
6616 *
6617 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
6618 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
6619 * primitive.
6620 */
6621void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6622                                  enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
6623                                  const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
6624
6625/**
6626 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
6627 *
6628 * @dev: network device
6629 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
6630 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
6631 * @gfp: allocation flags
6632 *
6633 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
6634 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
6635 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
6636 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
6637 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
6638 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
6639 */
6640void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6641                          struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
6642
6643/**
6644 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer
6645 *                                      candidate
6646 *
6647 * @dev: network device
6648 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
6649 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
6650 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
6651 * @gfp: allocation flags
6652 *
6653 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
6654 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
6655 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
6656 */
6657void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
6658                const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
6659                int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
6660
6661/**
6662 * DOC: RFkill integration
6663 *
6664 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
6665 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
6666 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
6667 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
6668 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
6669 *
6670 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
6671 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
6672 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
6673 */
6674
6675/**
6676 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
6677 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6678 * @blocked: block status
6679 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons
6680 */
6681void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked,
6682                                      enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason);
6683
6684static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked)
6685{
6686        wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked,
6687                                         RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL);
6688}
6689
6690/**
6691 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
6692 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6693 */
6694void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6695
6696/**
6697 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
6698 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6699 */
6700static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy)
6701{
6702        rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill);
6703}
6704
6705/**
6706 * DOC: Vendor commands
6707 *
6708 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
6709 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
6710 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
6711 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
6712 * the configuration mechanism.
6713 *
6714 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
6715 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
6716 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
6717 *
6718 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
6719 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
6720 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
6721 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
6722 * managers etc. need.
6723 */
6724
6725struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6726                                           enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6727                                           enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6728                                           int approxlen);
6729
6730struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6731                                           struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6732                                           enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6733                                           enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6734                                           unsigned int portid,
6735                                           int vendor_event_idx,
6736                                           int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
6737
6738void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
6739
6740/**
6741 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
6742 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6743 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6744 *      be put into the skb
6745 *
6746 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6747 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6748 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
6749 *
6750 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
6751 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6752 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6753 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6754 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6755 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
6756 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
6757 *
6758 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
6759 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
6760 *
6761 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6762 */
6763static inline struct sk_buff *
6764cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6765{
6766        return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6767                                          NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
6768}
6769
6770/**
6771 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
6772 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6773 *      cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
6774 *
6775 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6776 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
6777 * return the error code.  Note that this function consumes the
6778 * skb regardless of the return value.
6779 *
6780 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6781 */
6782int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
6783
6784/**
6785 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID
6786 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6787 *
6788 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
6789 * Valid to call only there.
6790 */
6791unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6792
6793/**
6794 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
6795 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6796 * @wdev: the wireless device
6797 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6798 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6799 *      be put into the skb
6800 * @gfp: allocation flags
6801 *
6802 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6803 * vendor-specific multicast group.
6804 *
6805 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6806 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6807 * attribute.
6808 *
6809 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6810 * skb to send the event.
6811 *
6812 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6813 */
6814static inline struct sk_buff *
6815cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6816                             int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6817{
6818        return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6819                                          NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6820                                          0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6821}
6822
6823/**
6824 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
6825 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6826 * @wdev: the wireless device
6827 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6828 * @portid: port ID of the receiver
6829 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6830 *      be put into the skb
6831 * @gfp: allocation flags
6832 *
6833 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
6834 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
6835 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
6836 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
6837 *
6838 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6839 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6840 * attribute.
6841 *
6842 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6843 * skb to send the event.
6844 *
6845 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6846 */
6847static inline struct sk_buff *
6848cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6849                                  struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6850                                  unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
6851                                  int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6852{
6853        return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6854                                          NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6855                                          portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6856}
6857
6858/**
6859 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
6860 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
6861 * @gfp: allocation flags
6862 *
6863 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6864 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
6865 */
6866static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6867{
6868        __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6869}
6870
6871#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
6872/**
6873 * DOC: Test mode
6874 *
6875 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
6876 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6877 * factory programming.
6878 *
6879 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6880 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6881 */
6882
6883/**
6884 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6885 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6886 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6887 *      be put into the skb
6888 *
6889 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6890 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6891 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6892 *
6893 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6894 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6895 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6896 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6897 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6898 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6899 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6900 *
6901 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6902 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6903 *
6904 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6905 */
6906static inline struct sk_buff *
6907cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6908{
6909        return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6910                                          NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
6911}
6912
6913/**
6914 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6915 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6916 *      cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6917 *
6918 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6919 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6920 * the error code.  Note that this function consumes the skb
6921 * regardless of the return value.
6922 *
6923 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6924 */
6925static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
6926{
6927        return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
6928}
6929
6930/**
6931 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6932 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6933 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6934 *      be put into the skb
6935 * @gfp: allocation flags
6936 *
6937 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6938 * testmode multicast group.
6939 *
6940 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6941 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6942 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6943 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6944 * in any other way.
6945 *
6946 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6947 * skb to send the event.
6948 *
6949 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6950 */
6951static inline struct sk_buff *
6952cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
6953{
6954        return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6955                                          NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
6956                                          approxlen, gfp);
6957}
6958
6959/**
6960 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6961 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6962 *      cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6963 * @gfp: allocation flags
6964 *
6965 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6966 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6967 * consumes it.
6968 */
6969static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6970{
6971        __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6972}
6973
6974#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)      .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6975#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)     .testmode_dump = (cmd),
6976#else
6977#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6978#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6979#endif
6980
6981/**
6982 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6983 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6984 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6985 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6986 *      @erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6987 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6988 *      FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6989 *      status for a FILS connection.
6990 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6991 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6992 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6993 *      used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6994 */
6995struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
6996        const u8 *kek;
6997        size_t kek_len;
6998        bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
6999        u16 erp_next_seq_num;
7000        const u8 *pmk;
7001        size_t pmk_len;
7002        const u8 *pmkid;
7003};
7004
7005/**
7006 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
7007 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
7008 *      %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
7009 *      the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
7010 *      failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
7011 *      from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
7012 *      indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
7013 *      @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
7014 *      case.
7015 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
7016 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
7017 *      cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
7018 *      bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
7019 *      through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
7020 *      connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
7021 *      Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
7022 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
7023 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
7024 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
7025 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
7026 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
7027 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
7028 *      connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
7029 *      the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
7030 *      not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
7031 *      failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
7032 *      This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
7033 */
7034struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
7035        int status;
7036        const u8 *bssid;
7037        struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
7038        const u8 *req_ie;
7039        size_t req_ie_len;
7040        const u8 *resp_ie;
7041        size_t resp_ie_len;
7042        struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
7043        enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
7044};
7045
7046/**
7047 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
7048 *
7049 * @dev: network device
7050 * @params: connection response parameters
7051 * @gfp: allocation flags
7052 *
7053 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
7054 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
7055 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
7056 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
7057 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
7058 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
7059 */
7060void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
7061                           struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
7062                           gfp_t gfp);
7063
7064/**
7065 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
7066 *
7067 * @dev: network device
7068 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
7069 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
7070 *      cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
7071 *      bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
7072 *      through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
7073 *      connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
7074 *      Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
7075 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
7076 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
7077 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
7078 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
7079 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
7080 *      %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
7081 *      the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
7082 *      failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
7083 *      from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
7084 *      indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
7085 *      @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
7086 *      case.
7087 * @gfp: allocation flags
7088 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
7089 *      connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
7090 *      the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
7091 *      not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
7092 *      failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
7093 *      This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
7094 *
7095 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
7096 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
7097 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
7098 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
7099 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
7100 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
7101 */
7102static inline void
7103cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
7104                     struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
7105                     size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
7106                     size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
7107                     enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
7108{
7109        struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
7110
7111        memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
7112        params.status = status;
7113        params.bssid = bssid;
7114        params.bss = bss;
7115        params.req_ie = req_ie;
7116        params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
7117        params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
7118        params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
7119        params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
7120
7121        cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
7122}
7123
7124/**
7125 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
7126 *
7127 * @dev: network device
7128 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
7129 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
7130 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
7131 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
7132 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
7133 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
7134 *      %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
7135 *      the real status code for failures.
7136 * @gfp: allocation flags
7137 *
7138 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
7139 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
7140 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
7141 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
7142 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
7143 */
7144static inline void
7145cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
7146                        const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
7147                        const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
7148                        u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
7149{
7150        cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
7151                             resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
7152                             NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
7153}
7154
7155/**
7156 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
7157 *
7158 * @dev: network device
7159 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
7160 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
7161 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
7162 * @gfp: allocation flags
7163 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
7164 *
7165 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
7166 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
7167 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
7168 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
7169 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
7170 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
7171 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
7172 */
7173static inline void
7174cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
7175                         const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
7176                         enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
7177{
7178        cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
7179                             gfp, timeout_reason);
7180}
7181
7182/**
7183 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
7184 *
7185 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
7186 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
7187 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
7188 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
7189 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
7190 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
7191 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
7192 * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
7193 */
7194struct cfg80211_roam_info {
7195        struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
7196        struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
7197        const u8 *bssid;
7198        const u8 *req_ie;
7199        size_t req_ie_len;
7200        const u8 *resp_ie;
7201        size_t resp_ie_len;
7202        struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
7203};
7204
7205/**
7206 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
7207 *
7208 * @dev: network device
7209 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
7210 * @gfp: allocation flags
7211 *
7212 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
7213 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
7214 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
7215 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
7216 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
7217 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
7218 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
7219 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
7220 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
7221 * released while disconnecting from the current bss.
7222 */
7223void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
7224                     gfp_t gfp);
7225
7226/**
7227 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
7228 *
7229 * @dev: network device
7230 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
7231 * @gfp: allocation flags
7232 *
7233 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
7234 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
7235 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
7236 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
7237 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
7238 * indicate the 802.11 association.
7239 */
7240void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
7241                              gfp_t gfp);
7242
7243/**
7244 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
7245 *
7246 * @dev: network device
7247 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
7248 * @ie_len: length of IEs
7249 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
7250 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
7251 * @gfp: allocation flags
7252 *
7253 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
7254 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
7255 */
7256void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
7257                           const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
7258                           bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
7259
7260/**
7261 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
7262 * @wdev: wireless device
7263 * @cookie: the request cookie
7264 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
7265 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
7266 *      channel
7267 * @gfp: allocation flags
7268 */
7269void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
7270                               struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
7271                               unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
7272
7273/**
7274 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
7275 * @wdev: wireless device
7276 * @cookie: the request cookie
7277 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
7278 * @gfp: allocation flags
7279 */
7280void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
7281                                        struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
7282                                        gfp_t gfp);
7283
7284/**
7285 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
7286 * @wdev: wireless device
7287 * @cookie: the requested cookie
7288 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
7289 * @gfp: allocation flags
7290 */
7291void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
7292                              struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
7293
7294/**
7295 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
7296 *
7297 * @sinfo: the station information
7298 * @gfp: allocation flags
7299 */
7300int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
7301
7302/**
7303 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
7304 * @sinfo: the station information
7305 *
7306 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
7307 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
7308 * the stack.)
7309 */
7310static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
7311{
7312        kfree(sinfo->pertid);
7313}
7314
7315/**
7316 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
7317 *
7318 * @dev: the netdev
7319 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7320 * @sinfo: the station information
7321 * @gfp: allocation flags
7322 */
7323void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
7324                      struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
7325
7326/**
7327 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
7328 * @dev: the netdev
7329 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7330 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
7331 * @gfp: allocation flags
7332 */
7333void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
7334                            struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
7335
7336/**
7337 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
7338 *
7339 * @dev: the netdev
7340 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7341 * @gfp: allocation flags
7342 */
7343static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
7344                                    const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
7345{
7346        cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
7347}
7348
7349/**
7350 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
7351 *
7352 * @dev: the netdev
7353 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7354 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
7355 * @gfp: allocation flags
7356 *
7357 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
7358 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
7359 * for some reasons, this function is called.
7360 *
7361 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
7362 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
7363 */
7364void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
7365                          enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
7366                          gfp_t gfp);
7367
7368/**
7369 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
7370 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7371 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz
7372 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7373 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
7374 * @len: length of the frame data
7375 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
7376 *
7377 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
7378 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
7379 *
7380 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
7381 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
7382 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
7383 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
7384 */
7385bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
7386                          const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
7387
7388/**
7389 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
7390 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7391 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
7392 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7393 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
7394 * @len: length of the frame data
7395 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
7396 *
7397 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
7398 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
7399 *
7400 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
7401 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
7402 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
7403 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
7404 */
7405static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq,
7406                                    int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
7407                                    u32 flags)
7408{
7409        return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), sig_dbm, buf, len,
7410                                    flags);
7411}
7412
7413/**
7414 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
7415 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7416 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
7417 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
7418 * @len: length of the frame data
7419 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
7420 * @gfp: context flags
7421 *
7422 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
7423 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
7424 * transmission attempt.
7425 */
7426void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
7427                             const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
7428
7429/**
7430 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control
7431 *                                   port frames
7432 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7433 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port()
7434 * @buf: Data frame (header + body)
7435 * @len: length of the frame data
7436 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
7437 * @gfp: context flags
7438 *
7439 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be
7440 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of
7441 * the transmission attempt.
7442 */
7443void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
7444                                     const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack,
7445                                     gfp_t gfp);
7446
7447/**
7448 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
7449 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7450 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame.  It is assumed that the skbuf
7451 *      is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header).  The skb can be non-linear.
7452 *      This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
7453 *      responsible for any cleanup.  The caller must also ensure that
7454 *      skb->protocol is set appropriately.
7455 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
7456 *
7457 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
7458 * frame.  It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
7459 * control port frames over nl80211.
7460 *
7461 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
7462 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
7463 *
7464 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
7465 */
7466bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
7467                              struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
7468
7469/**
7470 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
7471 * @dev: network device
7472 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
7473 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
7474 * @gfp: context flags
7475 *
7476 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
7477 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
7478 */
7479void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7480                              enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
7481                              s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
7482
7483/**
7484 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
7485 * @dev: network device
7486 * @peer: peer's MAC address
7487 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
7488 *      but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
7489 *      threshold (to account for temporary interference)
7490 * @gfp: context flags
7491 */
7492void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7493                                 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
7494
7495/**
7496 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
7497 * @dev: network device
7498 * @peer: peer's MAC address
7499 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
7500 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
7501 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
7502 * @gfp: context flags
7503 *
7504 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
7505 * given interval is exceeded.
7506 */
7507void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
7508                             u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
7509
7510/**
7511 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
7512 * @dev: network device
7513 * @gfp: context flags
7514 *
7515 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
7516 */
7517void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
7518
7519/**
7520 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
7521 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7522 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
7523 * @gfp: context flags
7524 *
7525 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
7526 */
7527void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7528                          struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
7529
7530/**
7531 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
7532 * @dev: network device
7533 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
7534 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
7535 * @gfp: context flags
7536 *
7537 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
7538 * frame.
7539 */
7540void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
7541                                       struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
7542                                       gfp_t gfp);
7543
7544/**
7545 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
7546 * @netdev: network device
7547 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
7548 * @event: type of event
7549 * @gfp: context flags
7550 *
7551 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
7552 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
7553 * also by full-MAC drivers.
7554 */
7555void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7556                        const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7557                        enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
7558
7559
7560/**
7561 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
7562 * @dev: network device
7563 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
7564 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
7565 * @gfp: allocation flags
7566 */
7567void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
7568                               const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
7569
7570/**
7571 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
7572 * @dev: network device
7573 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
7574 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
7575 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
7576 * @gfp: allocation flags
7577 */
7578void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
7579                                     const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
7580
7581/**
7582 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
7583 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7584 * @addr: the transmitter address
7585 * @gfp: context flags
7586 *
7587 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7588 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
7589 * sender.
7590 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7591 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7592 */
7593bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
7594                                const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
7595
7596/**
7597 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
7598 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7599 * @addr: the transmitter address
7600 * @gfp: context flags
7601 *
7602 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7603 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
7604 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
7605 * station to avoid event flooding.
7606 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7607 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7608 */
7609bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
7610                                        const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
7611
7612/**
7613 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
7614 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
7615 * @addr: the address of the peer
7616 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
7617 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
7618 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
7619 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
7620 * @gfp: allocation flags
7621 */
7622void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
7623                           u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
7624                           bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
7625
7626/**
7627 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs
7628 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
7629 * @frame: the frame
7630 * @len: length of the frame
7631 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz
7632 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7633 *
7634 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
7635 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
7636 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
7637 */
7638void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame,
7639                                     size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm);
7640
7641/**
7642 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
7643 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
7644 * @frame: the frame
7645 * @len: length of the frame
7646 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
7647 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7648 *
7649 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
7650 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
7651 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
7652 */
7653static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7654                                               const u8 *frame, size_t len,
7655                                               int freq, int sig_dbm)
7656{
7657        cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq),
7658                                        sig_dbm);
7659}
7660
7661/**
7662 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
7663 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7664 * @chandef: the channel definition
7665 * @iftype: interface type
7666 *
7667 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7668 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
7669 */
7670bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7671                             struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7672                             enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7673
7674/**
7675 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
7676 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7677 * @chandef: the channel definition
7678 * @iftype: interface type
7679 *
7680 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7681 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
7682 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
7683 * more permissive conditions.
7684 *
7685 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held.
7686 */
7687bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7688                                   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7689                                   enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7690
7691/*
7692 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
7693 * @dev: the device which switched channels
7694 * @chandef: the new channel definition
7695 *
7696 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
7697 * driver context!
7698 */
7699void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7700                               struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
7701
7702/*
7703 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
7704 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
7705 * @chandef: the future channel definition
7706 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
7707 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP
7708 *
7709 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
7710 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
7711 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
7712 */
7713void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7714                                       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7715                                       u8 count, bool quiet);
7716
7717/**
7718 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
7719 *
7720 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
7721 * @band: band pointer to fill
7722 *
7723 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7724 */
7725bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
7726                                       enum nl80211_band *band);
7727
7728/**
7729 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
7730 *
7731 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7732 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
7733 *
7734 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7735 */
7736bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7737                                          u8 *op_class);
7738
7739/**
7740 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz
7741 *
7742 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7743 *
7744 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz.
7745 */
7746static inline u32
7747ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
7748{
7749        return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset;
7750}
7751
7752/*
7753 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
7754 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
7755 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
7756 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
7757 *      NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
7758 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
7759 * @gfp: allocation flags
7760 *
7761 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
7762 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
7763 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
7764 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
7765 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
7766 */
7767void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
7768                                enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
7769                                u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
7770
7771/*
7772 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
7773 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
7774 *
7775 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
7776 */
7777u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
7778
7779/**
7780 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
7781 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
7782 *
7783 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary
7784 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device
7785 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called
7786 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device
7787 * is unbound from the driver.
7788 *
7789 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
7790 */
7791void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
7792
7793/**
7794 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev
7795 * @dev: the netdev to register
7796 *
7797 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
7798 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is
7799 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable
7800 * instead as well.
7801 *
7802 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
7803 */
7804int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev);
7805
7806/**
7807 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev
7808 * @dev: the netdev to register
7809 *
7810 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
7811 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL
7812 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are
7813 * usable instead as well.
7814 *
7815 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
7816 */
7817static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev)
7818{
7819        cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr);
7820}
7821
7822/**
7823 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements
7824 * @ies: FT IEs
7825 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
7826 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
7827 * @ric_ies: RIC IE
7828 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
7829 */
7830struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
7831        const u8 *ies;
7832        size_t ies_len;
7833        const u8 *target_ap;
7834        const u8 *ric_ies;
7835        size_t ric_ies_len;
7836};
7837
7838/**
7839 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
7840 * @netdev: network device
7841 * @ft_event: IE information
7842 */
7843void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7844                       struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
7845
7846/**
7847 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
7848 * @ies: the input IE buffer
7849 * @len: the input length
7850 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
7851 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
7852 *      if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
7853 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
7854 *
7855 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
7856 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
7857 *
7858 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
7859 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
7860 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
7861 */
7862int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
7863                          enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
7864                          u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
7865
7866/**
7867 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
7868 * @ies: the IE buffer
7869 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7870 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7871 *      the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7872 *      EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7873 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7874 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
7875 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
7876 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7877 *
7878 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7879 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7880 * split.
7881 *
7882 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7883 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7884 *
7885 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7886 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7887 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7888 *
7889 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7890 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7891 * of the buffer should be used.
7892 */
7893size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7894                              const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
7895                              const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
7896                              size_t offset);
7897
7898/**
7899 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
7900 * @ies: the IE buffer
7901 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7902 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7903 *      the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7904 *      EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7905 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7906 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7907 *
7908 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7909 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7910 * split.
7911 *
7912 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7913 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7914 *
7915 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7916 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7917 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7918 *
7919 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7920 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7921 * of the buffer should be used.
7922 */
7923static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7924                                        const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
7925{
7926        return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
7927}
7928
7929/**
7930 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
7931 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
7932 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
7933 * @gfp: allocation flags
7934 *
7935 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
7936 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
7937 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
7938 * else caused the wakeup.
7939 */
7940void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7941                                   struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
7942                                   gfp_t gfp);
7943
7944/**
7945 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
7946 *
7947 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7948 * @gfp: allocation flags
7949 *
7950 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
7951 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
7952 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
7953 */
7954void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
7955
7956/**
7957 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
7958 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7959 *
7960 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
7961 */
7962unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7963
7964/**
7965 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
7966 *
7967 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7968 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7969 *
7970 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
7971 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
7972 * the interface combinations.
7973 */
7974int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7975                                struct iface_combination_params *params);
7976
7977/**
7978 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
7979 *
7980 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7981 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7982 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
7983 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
7984 *
7985 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
7986 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
7987 * purposes.
7988 */
7989int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7990                               struct iface_combination_params *params,
7991                               void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
7992                                            void *data),
7993                               void *data);
7994
7995/*
7996 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
7997 *
7998 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7999 * @wdev: wireless device
8000 * @gfp: context flags
8001 *
8002 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
8003 * disconnected.
8004 *
8005 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
8006 */
8007void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
8008                         gfp_t gfp);
8009
8010/**
8011 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
8012 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
8013 *
8014 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
8015 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
8016 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
8017 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
8018 *
8019 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
8020 * the driver while the function is running.
8021 */
8022void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
8023
8024/**
8025 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
8026 *
8027 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
8028 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
8029 *
8030 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
8031 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
8032 */
8033static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
8034                                         enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
8035{
8036        u8 *ft_byte;
8037
8038        ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
8039        *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
8040}
8041
8042/**
8043 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
8044 *
8045 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
8046 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
8047 *
8048 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
8049 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
8050 */
8051static inline bool
8052wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
8053                        enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
8054{
8055        u8 ft_byte;
8056
8057        ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
8058        return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
8059}
8060
8061/**
8062 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
8063 * @f: NAN function that should be freed
8064 *
8065 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
8066 */
8067void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
8068
8069/**
8070 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
8071 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
8072 *       %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
8073 *       If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
8074 *       result.
8075 *       If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
8076 * @inst_id: the local instance id
8077 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
8078 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
8079 * @info_len: the length of the &info
8080 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
8081 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
8082 */
8083struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
8084        enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
8085        u8 inst_id;
8086        u8 peer_inst_id;
8087        const u8 *addr;
8088        u8 info_len;
8089        const u8 *info;
8090        u64 cookie;
8091};
8092
8093/**
8094 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
8095 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
8096 * @match: match notification parameters
8097 * @gfp: allocation flags
8098 *
8099 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
8100 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
8101 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
8102 */
8103void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
8104                        struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
8105
8106/**
8107 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
8108 *
8109 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
8110 * @inst_id: the local instance id
8111 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
8112 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
8113 * @gfp: allocation flags
8114 *
8115 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
8116 */
8117void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
8118                                  u8 inst_id,
8119                                  enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
8120                                  u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
8121
8122/* ethtool helper */
8123void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
8124
8125/**
8126 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
8127 * @netdev: network device
8128 * @params: External authentication parameters
8129 * @gfp: allocation flags
8130 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
8131 */
8132int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
8133                                   struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
8134                                   gfp_t gfp);
8135
8136/**
8137 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
8138 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
8139 * @req: the original measurement request
8140 * @result: the result data
8141 * @gfp: allocation flags
8142 */
8143void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
8144                          struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
8145                          struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
8146                          gfp_t gfp);
8147
8148/**
8149 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
8150 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
8151 * @req: the original measurement request
8152 * @gfp: allocation flags
8153 *
8154 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
8155 * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
8156 */
8157void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
8158                            struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
8159                            gfp_t gfp);
8160
8161/**
8162 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
8163 * @wiphy: the wiphy
8164 * @iftype: interface type
8165 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
8166 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
8167 *
8168 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
8169 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
8170 * check_swif is '1'.
8171 */
8172bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
8173                             bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
8174
8175
8176/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
8177
8178/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
8179
8180#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...)             \
8181        dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8182#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...)                     \
8183        dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8184#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...)                     \
8185        dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8186#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
8187        dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8188#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...)                       \
8189        dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8190#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
8191        dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8192#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...)                    \
8193        dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8194#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
8195        dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8196#define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...)                 \
8197        dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8198
8199#define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)           \
8200        dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8201#define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)          \
8202        dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8203
8204#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...)                     \
8205        wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
8206
8207#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...)                       \
8208        dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8209
8210#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
8211#define wiphy_vdbg      wiphy_dbg
8212#else
8213#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...)                              \
8214({                                                                      \
8215        if (0)                                                          \
8216                wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args);        \
8217        0;                                                              \
8218})
8219#endif
8220
8221/*
8222 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
8223 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
8224 * file/line information and a backtrace.
8225 */
8226#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
8227        WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
8228
8229/**
8230 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
8231 * @netdev: network device
8232 * @owe_info: peer's owe info
8233 * @gfp: allocation flags
8234 */
8235void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
8236                                    struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
8237                                    gfp_t gfp);
8238
8239/**
8240 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries
8241 * @wiphy: the wiphy
8242 */
8243void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy);
8244
8245/**
8246 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event
8247 * @dev: network device
8248 * @gfp: allocation flags
8249 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify
8250 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
8251 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
8252 */
8253int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp,
8254                              enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count,
8255                              u64 color_bitmap);
8256
8257/**
8258 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision
8259 * @dev: network device
8260 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
8261 */
8262static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev,
8263                                                       u64 color_bitmap)
8264{
8265        return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL,
8266                                         NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
8267                                         0, color_bitmap);
8268}
8269
8270/**
8271 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start
8272 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched
8273 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
8274 *
8275 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started.
8276 */
8277static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
8278                                                       u8 count)
8279{
8280        return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL,
8281                                         NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
8282                                         count, 0);
8283}
8284
8285/**
8286 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort
8287 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched
8288 *
8289 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted.
8290 */
8291static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev)
8292{
8293        return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL,
8294                                         NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
8295                                         0, 0);
8296}
8297
8298/**
8299 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion
8300 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched
8301 *
8302 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed.
8303 */
8304static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev)
8305{
8306        return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL,
8307                                         NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
8308                                         0, 0);
8309}
8310
8311#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
8312